VI
 
 A HISTORY OF GREEK ART.

 
 NORTHWEST CORNER OF THE PAKIHENOV, RESTORED. 
 (From Fenger, " Dorische Polychromie," PI. II.)
 
 A History of Greek Art 
 
 With an Introductory Chapter on 
 Art in Egypt and Mesopotamia 
 
 BY 
 
 F. B. TARBELL 
 
 PROFESSOR OF CLASSICAL ARCHAEOLOGY IN THE 
 UNIVERSITY OF CHICAGO 
 
 Weto Ifork 
 THE MACMILLAN COMPANY 
 
 LONDON: MACMILLAN & CO., LTD. 
 
 1907 
 All rights reserved
 
 COPYRIGHT, 1896, 
 BY FLOOD & VINCENT. 
 
 Set up and electrotyped elsewhere. Reprinted August, 
 1902' March, 1904; March, June, 1905; January, March, 1906: 
 October, 1907. 
 
 Norton oD 
 Berwick ft Smith, Norwood, MMI., U.S.A.
 
 PREFACE. 
 
 THE art of any artistically gifted people may be 
 studied with various purposes and in various ways. 
 One man, being himself an artist, may seek inspiration 
 or guidance for his own practice ; another, being a 
 student of the history of civilization, may strive to com- 
 prehend the products of art as one manifestation of a 
 people's spiritual life ; another may be interested chiefly 
 in tracing the development of artistic processes, forms, 
 and subjects ; and so on. But this book has been 
 written in the conviction that the greatest of all motives 
 for studying art, the motive which is and ought to be 
 strongest in most people, is the desire to become 
 acquainted with beautiful and noble things, the things 
 that "soothe the cares and lift the thoughts of man." 
 The historical method of treatment has been adopted as 
 a matter of course, but the emphasis is not laid upon 
 the historical aspects of the subject. The chief aim 
 has been to present characteristic specimens of the 
 finest Greek work that has been preserved to us, and to 
 suggest how they may be intelligently enjoyed. Fortu- 
 nate they who can carry their studies farther, with the 
 help of less elementary handbooks, of photographs, of 
 casts, or, best of all, of the original monuments. 
 
 Most of the illustrations in this book have been made 
 from photographs, of which all but a few belong to the 
 collection of Greek photographs owned by the Uni- 
 versity of Chicago. A number of other illustrations 
 have been derived from books or serial publications, as 
 may be seen from the accompanying legends. In 
 
 iii
 
 iv Preface. 
 
 several cases where cuts were actually taken from 
 secondary sources, such as Baumeister' s ' ' Denkmaler 
 des klassischen Altertums," they have been credited to 
 their original sources. A few architectural drawings 
 were made expressly for this work, being adapted from 
 trustworthy authorities, viz.: Figs. 6, 51, 61, and 64. 
 There remain two or three additional illustrations, which 
 have so long formed a part of the ordinary stock-in- 
 trade of handbooks that it seemed unnecessary to assign 
 their origin. 
 
 The introductory chapter has been kindly looked 
 over by Dr. J. H. Breasted, who has relieved it of a 
 number of errors, without in any way making himself 
 responsible for it. The remaining chapters have un- 
 fortunately not had the benefit of any such revision. 
 
 In the present reissue of this book a numb2r of slight 
 changes and corrections have been introduced. 
 
 Chicago, January, 1905.
 
 CONTENTS. 
 
 CHAPTER PAGK 
 
 I. ART IN EGYPT AND MESOPOTAMIA . . 15 
 
 II. PREHISTORIC ART IN GREECE .... 47 
 
 III. GREEK ARCHITECTURE 77 
 
 IV. GREEK SCULPTURE GENERAL CON- 
 
 SIDERATIONS 113 
 
 V. THE ARCHAIC PERIOD OF GREEK SCULP- 
 TURE. FIRST HALF : 625 (?)~5 50 B.C. 127 
 
 VI. THE ARCHAIC PERIOD OF GREEK SCULP- 
 TURE. SECOND HALF : 550-480 B. C. 143 
 VII. THE TRANSITIONAL PERIOD OF GREEK 
 
 SCULPTURE. 480-4506. C 160 
 
 VIII. THE GREAT AGE OF GREEK SCULPTURE. 
 
 FIRST PERIOD : 450-400 B. C. ... 184 
 
 IX. THE GREAT AGE OF GREEK SCULPTURE. 
 
 SECOND PERIOD : 400-323 B. C. . . . 215 
 
 X. THE HELLENISTIC PERIOD OF GREEK 
 
 SCULPTURE. 323-146 B. C 243 
 
 XI. GREEK PAINTING . 268
 
 ILLUSTRATIONS. 
 
 Northwest Corner of the Parthenon, Restored . . Frontispiece. 
 
 FIGURE. PAGE. 
 
 1. The Great Sphinx and the Pyramids of Cheops and 
 
 Chephren. Gizeh 17 
 
 2. The "Sheikh-el-Beled." Gizeh Museum 20 
 
 3. Ra-nofer. Gizeh Museum 21 
 
 4. Cross-legged Scribe. Paris, Louvre 23 
 
 5. Head of Nefert. Gizeh Museum 24 
 
 6. " Proto-Doric " Column. Beni-hasan 25 
 
 7. Temple of Luxor, Restored 26 
 
 8. View through Hypostyle Hall. Karnak 27 
 
 9. Column of Hypostyle Hall. Karnak 28 
 
 10. Column of Medinet Habu 29 
 
 11. Bronze Statue of Horus. Paris, Louvre 31 
 
 12. Bas-relief. Abydos 32 
 
 13. Wall-Painting. Thebes 34 
 
 14. Portrait Head. Berlin 35 
 
 15. Statue of Gudea. Paris, Louvre 36 
 
 16. Head, from Tello. Paris, Louvre 37 
 
 17. Assyrian Relief. London, British Museum 39 
 
 1 8. Assyrian Relief. Paris, Louvre 40 
 
 19. Winged Bull. Paris, Louvre 41 
 
 20. Assyrian Relief. London, British Museum .... 43 
 
 21. Wounded Lioness. London, British Museum ... 44 
 22 Citadel of Tiryns 49 
 
 23. Gallery in the Eastern Wall. Tiryns 50 
 
 24. Portion of Citadel Wall. Mycenae 51 
 
 25. The Lion Gate. Mycenae 52 
 
 26. Section of " Treasury of Atreus " 53 
 
 27. Interior of " Treasury of Atreus " 54 
 
 28. Ceiling of Tomb-Chamber at Orchomenus, Restored. 55 
 
 29. Alabaster Frieze from Tiryns, Restored 57 
 
 30. Wall-Fresco from Tiryns 58 
 
 31. Primitive Statuettes from the Greek Islands. Lon- 
 
 don, British Museum 59 
 
 vii
 
 viii Illustrations. 
 
 FIGURE. PAGE. 
 
 32. Gravestone from Mycenae. Athens, National Mu- 
 
 seum 60 
 
 33. Relief above the Lion Gate. Mycenae 62 
 
 34. Gold Ornament 63 
 
 35. Gold Ornament 63 
 
 36. Silver Cow's Head. Athens, National Museum . . 64 
 
 37. Fragment of Silver Vase. Athens, National Mu- 
 
 seum 65 
 
 38. Inlaid Dagger-Blade. Athens, National Museum . 66 
 
 39. Two Gold Cups. Athens, National Museum ... 68 
 
 40. 41. Engraved Gems from Mycenae 70 
 
 42. Vases of Mycenaean Style 71 
 
 43. Vases (Silver, Terra-cotta, and Alabaster) and Statu- 
 
 ettes from Mycenae 72 
 
 44. Dipylon Vase, with Details 73 
 
 45. Plate from Rhodes. British Museum 75 
 
 46. Greek Method of Building a Wall 79 
 
 47. Plan of Small Temple. Rhamnus 80 
 
 48. Plan of Temple of Wingless Victory. Athens. . . 81 
 
 49. Plan of Temple at Priene 82 
 
 50. Plan of Parthenon. Athens 83 
 
 51. Corner of a Doric Facade 84 
 
 52. West Front of the Temple of Athena, Restored. 
 
 yEgina 86 
 
 53. Fragment of Sima, with Lion's Head. Athens, 
 
 Acropolis Museum 87 
 
 54. Half of Anta-Capital of the Athenian Propylaea, 
 
 with Color Restored 88 
 
 55. Hawk's-beak Molding, Colored 89 
 
 56. East Front of the Parthenon, Restored and Dis- 
 
 sected 90 
 
 57. Temple of Posidon (?). Paestum 91 
 
 58. Columns of the Temple of Zeus. Nemea 92 
 
 59. Early Doric Capital from Selinus 93 
 
 60. Late Doric Capital from Samothrace 93 
 
 61. Corner of an Ionic Facade 94 
 
 62. Capital from Temple of Wingless Victory. Front 
 
 View 95 
 
 63. Capital from Temple of Wingless Victory. Side 
 
 View 95
 
 Illustrations. ix 
 
 FIGURE. PAGE. 
 
 64. Ionic Corner Capital, as Seen from Below 96 
 
 65. Entablature and Upper Part of Column from the 
 
 Mausoleum. British Museum 97 
 
 66. Order of the Erechtheum, East Portico 98 
 
 67. The Erechtheum, from the East, Restored 99 
 
 68. Anta-Capital and Wall-Band, from the Erechtheum. 
 
 British Museum 99 
 
 69. The North Portico of the Erechtheum 100 
 
 70. Temple of Wingless Victory. Athens 101 
 
 71. Ionic Capital from Samothrace 102 
 
 72. Corinthian Capital from Epidaurus 103 
 
 73. Corinthian Capital from the Choragic Monument of 
 
 Lysicrates. Athens 104 
 
 74. Theater. Epidaurus in 
 
 75. Copy of a Caryatid of the Erechtheum. Rome, Vati- 
 
 can Museum 116 
 
 76. Head of the Farnese Athena. Naples 122 
 
 77. Archaic Female Figure from Delos. Athens, Na- 
 
 tional Museum 128 
 
 78. "Apollo " of Thera. Athens, National Museum . . 130 
 
 79. "Apollo " of Tenea. Munich 132 
 
 80. Archaic Pediment-Figures. Athens, Acropolis Mu- 
 
 seum 133 
 
 81. Head Belonging to an Archaic Pediment-Group. 
 
 Athens, Acropolis Museum 134 
 
 82. Male Figure Carrying a Calf. Athens; Acropolis 
 
 Museum 135 
 
 83. Seated Figures from Miletus. London, British Mu- 
 
 seum 136 
 
 84. Metope from Selinus. Palermo 137 
 
 85. Archaic Victory (?) from Delos. Athens, National 
 
 Museum 139 
 
 86. Lower Part of Archaic Sculptured Column from 
 
 Ephesus. London, British Museum 141 
 
 87. Relief from the " Harpy " Tomb. London, British 
 
 Museum 145 
 
 88. Grave-Monument of Aristion. Athens, National 
 
 Museum 146 
 
 89. Archaic Female Figure. Athens, Acropolis Mu- 
 
 seum 148
 
 Illustrations. 
 
 FIGURE. PAGE. 
 
 90. Statue by Antenor (?). Athens, Acropolis Museum. 149 
 
 91. Archaic Female Figure. Athens, Acropolis Museum. 150 
 
 92. Upper Part of Archaic Female Figure. Athens, 
 
 Acropolis Museum 151 
 
 93. Archaic Female Figure. Athens, Acropolis Mu- 
 
 seum 152 
 
 94. Fragment of Archaic Female Figure. Athens, 
 
 Acropolis Museum 153 
 
 95. Fragment of Archaic Female Figure. Athens, 
 
 Acropolis Museum 154 
 
 96. Head of a Youth. Athens, Acropolis Museum . . . 155 
 
 97. Fragment of Frieze from the Treasury of the Siphni- 
 
 ans. Delphi 156 
 
 98. Figures from the Western Pediment of the ^ginetari 
 
 Temple. Munich 156 
 
 99. Dying Warrior from the Eastern Pediment of the 
 
 ^Eginetan Temple. Munich 157 
 
 100. Strangford "Apollo." London, British Museum. 158 
 
 101. Harmodius and Aristogiton. Naples 161 
 
 102. Relief on a Marble Throne. Broom Hall, near Dun- 
 
 fermline, Scotland 163 
 
 103. " Apollo on the Omphalos." Athens, National Mu- 
 
 seum 165 
 
 104. Copy of the Discobolus of Myron. Rome, Lancellotti 
 
 Palace 167 
 
 105. Bust, probably after Myron. Florence, Riccardi 
 
 Palace 170 
 
 106. Satyr, probably after Myron. Rome, Lateran Mu- 
 
 seum 171 
 
 107. Portion of Doric Frieze with Sculptured Metopes, 
 
 from Selinus. Palermo 172 
 
 108. CEnomaus and Sterope. Olympia 173 
 
 109. Elderly Man. Olympia 174 
 
 no. Head of Apollo. Olympia 175 
 
 in. Lapith Bride and Centaur. Olympia 176 
 
 112. Lapith and Centaur. Olympia 177 
 
 113. Atlas Metope. Olympia 179 
 
 114. Head of Athena (?), from Lion Metope. Olympia. . 180 
 
 115. The Giustiniani "Vesta." Rome, Torlonia Palace. 181 
 
 116. The " Spinario. " Rome, Palace of the Conservatori. 182
 
 Illustrations. xi 
 
 117. Bronze Coin of Elis (enlarged) 186 
 
 118. Reduced Copy of the Athena of the Parthenon. 
 
 Athens, National Museum 187 
 
 119. Athena. Dresden . 188 
 
 120. Head of Athena. Bologna 189 
 
 121. Parthenon Metope. London, British Museum . . . 191 
 
 122. Parthenon Metope. London, British Museum . . . 191 
 
 123. Parthenon Metope. London, British Museum . . . 192 
 
 124. Portion of Slab of Parthenon Frieze (east). Athens, 
 
 Acropolis Museum 193 
 
 125. Slab of Parthenon Frieze (north). Athens, Acropo- 
 
 lis Museum 194 
 
 126. Portions of Two Slabs of Parthenon Frieze (north). 
 
 London, British Museum 195 
 
 127. Heads of Chariot-Horses, from Parthenon Frieze 
 
 (south). London, British Museum 196 
 
 128. So-called "Theseus" of the Parthenon. London, 
 
 British Museum 197 
 
 129. Group of Pediment-Figures from the Parthenon. 
 
 London, British Museum ' . 198 
 
 130. So-called " Ilissos " of the Parthenon. London, 
 
 British Museum 198 
 
 131. Head of Pericles. London, British Museum .... 199 
 
 132. Caryatid from the Erechtheum. London, British 
 
 Museum 201 
 
 133. ' Relief of a Victory. Athens, Acropolis Museum . . 202 
 
 134. Grave-Relief of Hegeso. Athens, Dipylon Cemetery 203 
 
 135. Attic Grave-Relief. Rome, Villa Albani 204 
 
 136. Relief representing Orpheus, Eurydice, and Hermes. 
 
 Naples 205 
 
 137. Copy of the Doryphorus of Polyclitus. Naples . . 207 
 
 138. Bronze Copy of the Head of the Doryphorus. Naples 208 
 
 139. Head of a Boy, after Polyclitus. Dresden 209 
 
 140. Wounded Amazon, perhaps after Polyclitus. Berlin. 210 
 
 141. Head from the Argive Herseum. Athens, National 
 
 Museum 211 
 
 142. The "Idolino." Florence, Archaeological Museum . 212 
 
 143. Victory of Paeonius. Olympia 213 
 
 144. Victory of Paeonius, Restored 214 
 
 145. Head from Tegea. Athens, National Museum ... 216
 
 xil Illustrations, 
 
 FIGURE. PAGE. 
 
 146. Head of Meleager. Rome, Villa Medici 217 
 
 147. Head of a Goddess. Athens, National Museum . . 218 
 
 148. Eirene and Plutus. Munich 219 
 
 149. Hermes, by Praxiteles. Olympia 220 
 
 150. Head and Body of the Hermes of Praxiteles. 
 
 Olympia 221 
 
 151. Copy of the Head of the Aphrodite of Cnidus. Ber- 
 
 lin, in private possession 224 
 
 152. Copy of the Apollo Sauroctonos. Rome, Vatican 
 
 Museum 225 
 
 153. Leaning Satyr. Rome, Capitoline Museum .... 226 
 
 154. Satyr Pouring Wine. Palermo 227 
 
 155. Relief from Mantinea. Athens, National Museum . 228 
 
 156. Artemis, called the Diana of Gabii. Paris, Louvre . 229 
 
 157. Niobe and a Daughter of Niobe. Florence, Uffizi . 230 
 
 158. A Son of Niobe. Florence, Uffizi 231 
 
 159. Mounted Amazon. Athens, National Museum . . . 232 
 
 160. Slab of Mausoleum Frieze. London, British Museum 233 
 
 161. Slab of Mausoleum Frieze. London, British Museum 233 
 
 162. Sarcophagus of " The Mourning Women." Constan- 
 
 tinople 234 
 
 163. Sculptured Drum of Column from Ephesus. Lon- 
 
 don, British Museum 236 
 
 164. Sophocles. Rome, Lateran Museum 237 
 
 165. Head of Zeus. Rome, Vatican Museum 238 
 
 166. Copy of the Apoxyomenos of Lysippus. Rome, 
 
 Vatican Museum 240 
 
 167. Head of the Apoxyomenos 241 
 
 168. Head of Alexander. Paris, Louvre 242 
 
 169. Three Tanagra Figurines. London, British Museum 244 
 
 170. Three Tanagra Figurines. London, British Museum 245 
 
 171. The " Alexander " Sarcophagus. Constantinople . 246 
 
 172. Victory of Samothrace. Paris, Louvre 248 
 
 173. The Aphrodite of Melos. Paris, Louvre 250 
 
 174. The Apollo of the Belvedere. Rome, Vatican Mu- 
 
 seum 252 
 
 175. Posidippus. Rome, Vatican Museum 253 
 
 176. Head of Homer. Naples 254 
 
 177. Seated Boxer. Rome, Museo delle Terme 255 
 
 178. Boy and Goose. Rome, Capitoline Museum .... 256
 
 Illustrations. xiii 
 
 179. Tipsy Old Woman. Rome, Capitoline Museum . . 257 
 
 180. Praying Boy. Berlin 258 
 
 181. Hellenistic Relief. Vienna 259 
 
 182. Hellenistic Relief. Vienna 260 
 
 183. Dying Gaul. Rome, Capitoline Museum 261 
 
 184. Head of Dying Gaul 262 
 
 185. Group from the Altar of Pergamum. Berlin .... 263 
 
 186. Group from the Altar of Pergamum. Berlin .... 264 
 
 187. Laocoon and His Sons. Rome, Vatican Museum . . 265 
 
 188. The Francois Vase. Florence, Archaeological Mu- 
 
 seum 269 
 
 189. Detail from the Francois Vase 270 
 
 190. Design from an Amphora of Execias. London, 
 
 British Museum 272 
 
 191. Design from a Cylix of Euphronius. London, British 
 
 Museum . . 274 
 
 192. Cylix. London, British Museum 275 
 
 193. Detail from a Painted Sarcophagus. Florence, 
 
 Archaeological Museum 285 
 
 194. Portrait of a Man, from the Fayyum . 286 
 
 195. Portrait of a Girl, from the Fayyum 287 
 
 196. Portrait of a Young Woman, from the Fayyum . . . 288
 
 A HISTORY OF GREEK ART. 
 CHAPTER I. 
 
 ART IN EGYPT AND MESOPOTAMIA. 
 
 THE history of Egypt, from the time of the earliest 
 extant monuments to the absorption of the country in 
 the Roman Empire, covers a space of some thousands 
 of years. This long period was not one of stagnation. 
 It is only in proportion to our ignorance that life in 
 ancient Egypt seems to have been on one dull, dead 
 level. Dynasties rose and fell. Foreign invaders occu- 
 pied the land and were expelled again. Customs, cos- 
 tumes, beliefs, institutions, underwent changes. Of 
 course, then, art did not remain stationary. On the con- 
 trary, it had marked vicissitudes, now displaying great 
 freshness and vigor, now uninspired and monotonous, 
 now seemingly dead, and now reviving to new activity. 
 In Babylonia we deal with perhaps even remoter periods 
 of time, but the artistic remains at present known from 
 that quarter -are comparatively scanty. From Assyria, 
 however, the daughter of Babylonia, materials abound, 
 and the history of that country can be written in detail 
 for a period of several centuries. Naturally, then, even 
 a mere sketch of Egyptian, Babylonian, and Assyrian 
 art would require much more space than is here at dis- 
 posal. All that can be attempted is to present a few 
 examples and suggest a few general notions. The main 
 purpose will be to make clearer by comparison and con- 
 is
 
 1 6 A History of Greek Art. 
 
 trast the essential qualities of Greek art, to which this 
 volume is devoted. 
 
 I begin with Egypt, and offer at the outset a table 
 of the most important periods of Egyptian history. The 
 dates are taken from the sketch prefixed to the cata- 
 logue of Egyptian antiquities in the Berlin Museum. In 
 using them the reader must bear in mind that the earlier 
 Egyptian chronology is highly uncertain. Thus the 
 date here suggested for the Old Empire, while it cannot 
 be too early, may be a thousand years too late. As we 
 come down, the margin of possible error grows less and 
 less. The figures assigned to the New Empire are 
 regarded as trustworthy within a century or two. But 
 only when we reach the Saite dynasty do we get a really 
 precise chronology. 
 
 Chief Periods of Egyptian History : 
 
 OLD EMPIRE, with capital at Memphis ; Dynasties 4-5 
 (2800-2500 B. C. or earlier) and Dynasty 6. 
 
 MIDDLE EMPIRE, with capital at Thebes ; Dynasties 
 11-13 (2200-1800 B. C. or earlier). 
 
 NEW EMPIRE, with capital at Thebes ; Dynasties 17-20 
 (ca. 1600 nooB. C.). 
 
 SAITE PERIOD ; Dynasty 26 (663-525 B. C). 
 
 One of the earliest Egyptian sculptures now existing, 
 though certainly nol^ earlier than the Fourth Dynasty, 
 is the great Sphinx of Gizeh (Fig. i). The creature 
 crouches in the desert, a few miles to the north of the 
 ancient Memphis, just across the Nile from the modern 
 city of Cairo. With the body of a lion and the head of 
 a man, it represented a solar deity and was an object of 
 worship. It is hewn from the living rock and is of colos- 
 sal size, the height from the base to the top of the head
 
 1 8 A History of Greek Art. 
 
 being about 70 feet and the length of the body about 
 1 50 feet. The paws and breast were originally covered 
 with a limestone facing. The present dilapidated condi- 
 tion of the monument is due partly to the tooth of 
 time, but still more to wanton mutilation at the hands 
 of fanatical Mohammedans. The body is now almost 
 shapeless. The nose, the beard, and the lower part of 
 the head-dress are gone. The face is seamed with 
 scars. Yet the strange monster still preserves a mys- 
 terious dignity, as though it were guardian of all the 
 secrets of ancient Egypt, but disdained to betray them. 
 
 ' ' The art which conceived and carved this prodigious 
 statue," says Professor Maspero,* "was a finished art ; 
 an art which had attained self-mastery, and was sure of 
 its effects. How many centuries had it taken to arrive 
 at this degree of maturity and perfection ? " It is im- 
 possible to guess. The long process of self-schooling in 
 artistic methods which must have preceded this work is 
 hidden from us. We cannot trace the progress of Egyp- 
 tian art from its timid, awkward beginnings to the days 
 of its conscious power, as we shall find ourselves able to 
 do in the case of Greek art. The evidence is annihi- 
 lated, or is hidden beneath the sand of the desert, per- 
 haps to be one day revealed. Should that day come, a 
 new first chapter in the history of Egyptian art will have 
 to be written. 
 
 There are several groups of pyramids, large and 
 small, at Gizeh and elsewhere, almost all of which be- 
 long to the Old Empire. The three great pyramids of 
 Gizeh are among the earliest. They were built by three 
 kings of the Fourth Dynasty, Cheops (Chufu), Chephren 
 (Chafre), and Mycerinus (Menkere). They are gigan- 
 tic sepulchral monuments, in which the mummies of the 
 
 *" Manual of Egyptian Archaeology," second edition, 1895, page ao8.
 
 Art in Egypt and Mesopotamia. 19 
 
 kings who built them were deposited. The pyramid of 
 Cheops (Fig-, i, at the right), the largest of all, was 
 originally 481 feet 4 inches in height, and was thus 
 doubtless the loftiest structure ever reared in pre- 
 Christian times. The side of the square base measured 
 755 feet 8 inches. The pyramidal mass consists in the 
 main of blocks of limestone, and the exterior was origi- 
 nally cased with fine limestone, so that the surfaces were 
 perfectly smooth. At present the casing is gone, and 
 instead of a sharp point at the top there is a platform 
 about thirty feet square. In the heart of the mass was 
 the granite chamber where the king' s mummy was laid. 
 It was reached by an ingenious system of passages, 
 strongly barricaded. Yet all these precautions were in- 
 effectual to save King Cheops from the hand of the 
 spoiler. Chephren's pyramid (Fig. i, at the left) is 
 not much smaller than that of Cheops, its present height 
 being about 450 feet, while the height of the third of this 
 group, that of Mycerinus, is about 210 feet. No won- 
 der that the pyramids came to be reckoned among the 
 seven wonders of the world. 
 
 While kings erected pyramids to serve as their tombs, 
 officials of high rank were buried in, or rather under, 
 structures of a different type, now commonly known 
 under the Arabic name of mastabas. The mastaba may 
 be described as a block of masonry of limestone or sun- 
 dried brick, oblong in plan, with the sides built ' ' batter- 
 ing," z. <?., sloping inward, and with a flat top. It had 
 no architectural merits to speak of, and therefore need 
 not detain us. It is worth remarking, however, that 
 some of these mastabas contain genuine arches, formed 
 of unbaked bricks. The knowledge and use of the arch 
 in Egypt go back then to at least the period of the Old 
 Empire. But the chief interest of the mastabas lies in
 
 20 
 
 A History of Greek Art. 
 
 the fact that they have preserved to us most of what we 
 possess of early Egyptian sculpture. For in a small, 
 
 inaccessible cham- 
 ber (serdab} re- 
 served in the mass 
 of masonry were 
 placed one or more 
 portrait statues of 
 the owner, and of- 
 ten of his wife and 
 other members of 
 his household, while 
 the walls of an- 
 other and larger 
 chamber, which 
 served as a chapel 
 for the celebration 
 of funeral rites, were 
 often covered with 
 painted bas-reliefs, 
 representing scenes 
 from the owner's life 
 or whatever in the 
 way of furTeral offer- 
 ing and human 
 activity could min- 
 ister to his happi- 
 ness. 
 
 One of the best of 
 the portrait statues 
 of this period is the 
 famous ' ' Sheikh-el- 
 
 FIG. 2. THE "SHKIKH-EL-BELED." Beled ' (Chief of 
 
 Gizeh Museum. the Village) , attrib-
 
 Art in Egypt and Mesopotamia, 
 
 21 
 
 uted to the Fourth or Fifth 
 Dynasty (Fig. 2). The 
 name was given by the 
 Arab workmen, who, when 
 the figure was first brought 
 to light in the cemetery of 
 Sakkarah, thought they 
 saw in it the likeness of 
 their own sheikh. The 
 man' s real name, if he was 
 the owner of the mastaba 
 from whose serdab he was 
 taken, was Ra-em-ka. The 
 figure is less than life-sized, 
 being a little over three 
 and one half feet in height. 
 It is of wood, a common 
 material for sculpture in 
 Egypt. The arms were 
 made . separately (the left 
 of two pieces) and attached 
 at the shoulders. The feet, 
 which had decayed, have 
 been restored. Originally 
 the figure was covered with 
 a coating of linen, and this 
 with stucco, painted. "The 
 eyeballs are of opaque 
 white quartz, set in a 
 bronze sheath, which forms 
 the eyelids ; in the center 
 of each there is a bit of rock-crystal, and behind this a 
 shining nail"* a contrivance which produces a marvel- 
 
 *Musee de Gizeh: Notice Sommaire (1892). 
 
 FIG. 3. RA-IIOFER. Gizeh Museum.
 
 22 A History of Greek Art. 
 
 ously realistic effect. The same thing, or something 
 like it, is to be seen in other statues of the period. The 
 attitude of Ra-em-ka is the usual one erf Egyptian stand- 
 ing figures of all periods : the left leg is advanced ; both 
 feet are planted flat on the ground ; body and head face 
 squarely forward. The only deviation from the most 
 usual type is in the left arm, which is bent at the elbow, 
 that the hand may grasp the staff of office. More often 
 the arms both hang at the sides, the hands clenched, as 
 in the admirable limestone figure of the priest, Ra-nofer 
 (Fig. 3). 
 
 The cross-legged scribe of the Louvre (Fig. 4) illus- 
 trates another and less stereotyped attitude. This figure 
 was found in the tomb of one Sekhem-ka, along with two 
 statues of the owner and a group of the owner, his wife, 
 and son. The scribe was presumably in the employ of 
 Sekhem-ka. The figure is of limestone, the commonest 
 material for these sepulchral statues, and, according to the 
 unvarying practice, was completely covered with color, 
 still in good preservation. The flesh is of a reddish 
 brown, the regular color for men. The eyes are similar to 
 those of the Sheikh-el-Beled. The man is seated with his 
 legs crossed under him ; a strip of papyrus, held by his 
 left hand, rests upon his lap ; his right hand held a pen. 
 
 The head shown in Fig. 5 belongs to a group, if we 
 may give that name to two figures carved from sepa- 
 rate blocks of limestone and seated stiffly side by side. 
 Egyptian sculpture in the round never created a gen- 
 uine, integral group, in which two or more figures are 
 so combined that no one is intelligible without the rest ; 
 that achievement was reserved for the Greeks. The 
 lady in this case was a princess ; her husband, by whom 
 she sits, a high priest of Heliopolis. She is dressed in 
 a long, white smock, in which there is no indication
 
 Art in Egypt and Mesopotamia. 23 
 
 of folds. On her head is a wig, from under which, in 
 front, her own hair shows. Her flesh is yellow, the 
 conventional tint for women, as brownish red was for 
 men. Her eyes are made of glass. 
 
 The specimens given have been selected with the 
 purpose of 
 showing the 
 sculpture of the 
 Old Empire at 
 its best. The all- 
 important fact 
 to notice is the 
 realism of these 
 portraits. We 
 shall see that 
 Greek sculp- 
 ture throughout 
 its great period 
 tends toward 
 the typical and 
 the ideal in the 
 human face and 
 figure. Not so 
 in Egypt. Here 
 
 FIG. 4. CROSS-LEGGED SCRIBE. Paris, Louvre. 
 
 the task of the 
 
 artist was to make a counterfeit presentment of his sub- 
 ject and he has achieved his task at times with marvelous 
 skill. Especially the heads of the best statues have an 
 individuality and lifelikeness which have hardly been 
 surpassed in any age. But let not our admiration blind 
 us to the limitations of Egyptian art. The sculptor 
 never attains to freedom in the posing of his figures. 
 Whether the subject sits, stands, kneels, or squats, the 
 body and head always face directly forward. And we
 
 A History of Greek Art. 
 
 look in vain for any appreciation on the sculptor's part 
 of the beauty of the athletic body or of the artistic pos- 
 sibilities of drapery. 
 
 There is more variety of pose in the painted bas-re- 
 liefs with which the walls of the mastaba, chapels are 
 covered. Here are scenes of agriculture, cattle-tending, 
 fishing, bread-making, and so on, represented with ad- 
 mirable vivac- 
 ity, though with 
 certain fixed 
 conventionali- 
 ties of style. 
 There are end- 
 less entertain- 
 ment and in- 
 struction for us 
 in these pictures 
 of old Egyptian 
 life. Yet no 
 more here than 
 in the portrait 
 statues do we 
 find a feeling 
 for beauty of 
 form or a po- 
 etic, idealizing 
 touch. 
 
 As from the Old Empire, so from the Middle Empire, 
 almost the only works of man surviving to us are tombs 
 and their contents. These tombs have no longer the 
 simple mastaba form, but are either built up of sun-dried 
 brick in the form of a block capped by a pyramid or are 
 excavated in the rock. The former class offers little 
 interest from the architectural point of view. But some 
 
 FIG. 5. HEAD OF NEFERT. Gizeh Museum.
 
 Art in Egypt and Mesopotamia. 
 
 of the rock-cut tombs of Beni-hasan, belonging to the 
 Twelfth Dynasty, exhibit a feature which calls for men- 
 tion. These tombs have been so made as to leave pil- 
 lars of the living rock standing, both at the entrance and 
 
 in the chapel. The simplest 
 of these pillars are square in 
 plan and somewhat tapering. 
 Others, by the chamfering 
 off of their edges, have been 
 made eight-sided. A repe- 
 tition of the process gave 
 sixteen-sided pillars. The 
 sixteen sides were then hol- 
 lowed out (channeled). The 
 result is illustrated by Fig. 
 6. It will be observed that 
 the pillar has a low, round 
 base, with beveled edge ; 
 also, at the top, a square 
 abacus, which is simply a 
 piece of the original four- 
 sided pillar, left untouched. 
 Such polygonal pillars as 
 these are commonly called 
 proto-Doric columns. The 
 name was given in the belief 
 that these were the models 
 from which the Greeks de- 
 rived their Doric columns, 
 FIG. 6.-" PROTO-DORIC" COLUMN. an d this belief is still held 
 
 Beni-hasan. , , . . 
 
 by many authorities. 
 
 With the New Empire we begin to have numerous 
 and extensive remains of temples, while those of an 
 earlier date have mostly disappeared. Fig. 7 may
 
 26 A History of Greek Art, 
 
 afford some notion of what an Egyptian temple was like. 
 This one is at Luxor, on the site of ancient Thebes in 
 Upper Egypt. It is one of the largest of all, being over 
 800 feet in length. . Like many others, it was not orig- 
 inally planned on its present scale, but represents two or 
 three successive periods of construction, Ramses II., of 
 the Nineteenth Dynasty, having given it its final form 
 by adding to an already finished building all that now 
 stands before the second pair of towers. As so ex- 
 tended, the building has three pylons, as they are 
 
 FIG. 7. TEMPLE OF LUXOR, RESTORED. 
 (From Perrot and Chipiez, "Art in Ancient Egypt," Vol. I., Fig. 218.) 
 
 called, pylon being the name for the pair of sloping- 
 sided towers with gateway between. Behind the first 
 pylon comes an open court surrounded by a cloister 
 with double rows of columns. The second and third 
 pylons are connected with one another by a covered 
 passage an exceptional feature. Then comes a second 
 open court ; then a hypostyle hall, /. e. , a hall with flat 
 roof supported by columns ; and finally, embedded in 
 the midst of various chambers, the relatively small 
 sanctuary, inaccessible to all save the king and the 
 priests. Notice the double line of sphinxes flanking the 
 avenue of approach, the two granite obelisks at the en- 
 trance, and the four colossal seated figures in granite 
 representing Ramses II. all characteristic features.
 
 Art in Egypt and Mesopotamia. 
 
 27 
 
 Fig. 8 is taken from a neighboring and still more 
 gigantic temple, that of Karnak. Imagine an immense 
 hall, 170 feet deep by 329 feet broad. Down the middle 
 
 FIG. 8. VIEW THROUGH HYPOSTYLE HALL. Karnak. 
 
 run two rows of six columns each (the nearest ones in 
 the picture have been restored), nearly seventy feet 
 high. They have campaniform (bell-shaped) capitals.
 
 28 
 
 A History of Greek Art. 
 
 On either side are seven rows of shorter columns, some- 
 what more than forty feet high. These, as may be 
 indistinctly seen at the right of our picture, have capi- 
 tals of a different type, called, from 
 their origin rather than from their 
 actual appearance, lotiform or lotus- 
 bud capitals. There was a clere- 
 story over the four central rows of 
 columns, with windows in its walls. 
 The general plan, therefore, of this 
 hypostyle hall has some resem- 
 blance to that of a Christian basil- 
 ica, but the columns are much more 
 numerous and closely set. Walls 
 and columns were covered with 
 hieroglyphic texts and sculptured 
 and painted scenes. The total 
 effect of this colossal piece of archi- 
 tecture, even in its ruin, is one of 
 overwhelming majesty. No other 
 work of human hands strikes the 
 beholder with such a sense of awe. 
 Fig. 9 is a restoration of one of 
 the central columns of this hall. 
 Except for one fault, say Messrs. 
 Perrot and Chipiez,* " this column 
 FIG. 9. COLUMN OF HY- would be one of the most admirable 
 
 (From Perrot and Chipiez, 
 
 "Art in Ancient Egypt," be inferior to the most perfect col- 
 
 Vol. II., Fig. 80.) 
 
 umns of Greece. ' ' The one fault 
 a grave one to a critical eye is the meaningless and 
 inappropriate block inserted between the capital and 
 
 *" Histoire de I'Art : Egypte," page 576. The translation given above dif- 
 fers from that in the English edition of Perrot and Chipiez, " Art in Ancient 
 Egypt," Vol. II., page 123.
 
 Art in Egypt and Mesopotamia. 
 
 29 
 
 the horizontal beam which it is the function of the col- 
 umn to support. The type of column used in the side 
 aisles of the hall at Karnak is illustrated by Fig. 10, 
 taken from another temple. It is much less admirable, 
 
 the contraction of the 
 
 capital toward the top 
 producing an unpleasant 
 effect. 
 
 Other specimens of 
 these two types of col- 
 umn vary widely from 
 those of Karnak, for 
 Egyptian architects did 
 not feel obliged, like 
 Greek architects, to con- 
 form, with but slight lib- 
 erty of deviation, to estab- 
 lished canons of form and 
 proportion. Nor are 
 these two by any means 
 the only forms of sup- 
 port used in the temple 
 architecture of the New 
 Empire. The " proto- 
 Doric" column continued 
 in favor under the New 
 Empire, though appar- 
 ently not later ; we find 
 it, for example, in some 
 
 C.C, 
 
 (From Perrot and Chipiez, "Art 
 
 Ancient Egypt," Vol. ii., Fig. 7 8.) o f t h e ou tlying buildings 
 
 FIG. 10. COLUMN OF MEDINET HABU. 
 Chipie: 
 A>1. II., 
 
 at Karnak. Then there was the column whose capital 
 was adorned with four heads in relief of the goddess 
 Hathor, not to speak of other varieties. Whatever the 
 precise form of the support, it was always used to carry
 
 3O A History of Greek Art. 
 
 a horizontal beam. Although the Egyptians were 
 familiar from very early times with the principle of the 
 arch, and although examples of its use occur often 
 enough under the New Empire, we do not find columns 
 or piers used, as in Gothic architecture, to carry a 
 vaulting. In fact, the genuine vault is absent from 
 Egyptian temple architecture, although in the Temple 
 of Abydos false or corbelled vaults (ef. page 49) do 
 occur. 
 
 Egyptian architects were not gifted with a fine feeling 
 for structural propriety or unity. A few of their small 
 temples are simple and coherent in plan and fairly taste- 
 ful in details. But it is significant that a temple could 
 always be enlarged by the addition of parts not contem- 
 plated in the original design. The result in such a case 
 was a vast, rambling edifice, whose merits consisted in 
 the imposing character of individual parts, rather than in 
 an organic and symmetrical relation of parts to whole. 
 
 Statues of the New Empire are far more numerous 
 than those of any other period, but few of them will 
 compare in excellence with the best of those of the Old 
 Empire. Colossal figures of kings abound, chiseled 
 with infinite patience from granite and other obdurate 
 rocks. All these and others may be passed over in 
 order to make room for a statue in the Louvre (Fig. 
 n), which is chosen, not because of its artistic merits, 
 but because of its material and its subject. It is of 
 bronze, somewhat over three feet in height, thus being 
 the largest Egyptian bronze statue known. It was cast in 
 a single piece, except for the arms, which were cast sep- 
 arately and attached. The date of it is in dispute, one 
 authority assigning it to the Eighteenth Dynasty and 
 another bringing it down as late as the seventh century 
 B. C. Be that as it may, the art of casting hollow
 
 Art in Egypt and Mesopotamia. 
 
 bronze figures is of high antiquity in Egypt. The figure 
 represents a hawk-headed god, Horus, who once held 
 up some object, probably a vase for libations. Egyptian 
 divinities are often represented with the heads of ani- 
 mals Anubis with the head of a jackal, Hathor with 
 that of a cow, Sebek with that of a crocodile, and so on. 
 This in itself shows a lack of nobility in the popular 
 theology. Moreover it is clear that the best talents of 
 sculptors were engaged upon portraits of kings and 
 queens and other human be- 
 ings, not upon figures of the 
 gods. The latter exist by the 
 thousand, to be sure, but they 
 are generally small statuettes, 
 a few inches high, in bronze, 
 wood, or faience. And even if 
 sculptors had been encouraged 
 to do their best in bodying forth 
 the forms of gods, they would 
 hardly have achieved high suc- 
 cess. The exalted imagination 
 was lacking. 
 
 Among the innumerable 
 painted bas-reliefs covering the 
 walls of tombs and temples, 
 those of the great Temple of 
 Abydos in Upper Egypt hold a 
 high place. One enthusiastic 
 art critic has gone so far as to 
 pronounce them ' 'the most per- 
 fect, the most noble bas-reliefs 
 ever chiseled. ' ' A specimen of 
 
 FIG. ii. BRONZE STATUE OF HORUS. 
 
 this work, now, alas ! more de- Paris, Louvre. 
 
 , , , . , , . (From Perrot and Chipiez, " Art in Ancient 
 
 faced than is here shown, is Egypt," Vol. i.. Fig. 44 .)
 
 A History of Greek Art. 
 
 given in Fig. r 2. King Seti I. of the Nineteenth Dynasty 
 stands in an attitude of homage before a seated divinity, 
 
 FIG. 12. BAS-RELIEF. Abydos. 
 (From Perrot and Chipiez, "Art in Ancient Egypt," Vol. I., PI. III.) 
 
 of whom almost nothing appears in the illustration. On 
 the palm of his right hand he holds a figure of Maat,
 
 Art in Egypt and Mesopotamia. 33 
 
 goddess of truth. In front of him is a libation-standard, 
 on which rests a bunch of lotus flowers, buds, and leaves. 
 The first remark to be made about this work is that it is 
 genuine relief. The forms are everywhere modeled, 
 whereas in much of what is commonly called bas-relief in 
 Egypt, the figures are only outlined and the spaces 
 within the outlines are left flat. As regards the treat- 
 ment of the human figure, we have here the stereotyped 
 Egyptian conventions. The head, except the eye, is in 
 profile, the shoulders in front view, the abdomen in three- 
 quarters view, the legs again in profile. As a result of 
 the distortion of the body, the arms are badly attached 
 at the shoulders. Furthermore the hands, besides 
 being very badly drawn, have in this instance the ap- 
 pearance of being mismated with the arms, while both 
 feet look like right feet. The dress consists of the usual 
 loin-cloth and of a thin, transparent over-garment, indi- 
 cated only by a line in front and below. Now surely no 
 one will maintain that these methods and others of like 
 sort which there is no opportunity here to illustrate are 
 the most artistic ever devised. Nevertheless serious 
 technical faults and shortcomings may coexist with great 
 merits of composition and expression. So it is in this 
 relief of Seti. The design is stamped with unusual re- 
 finement and grace. The theme is hackneyed enough, 
 but its treatment here raises it above the level of com- 
 monplace. 
 
 Egyptian bas-reliefs were always completely covered 
 with paint, laid on in uniform tints. Paintings on a flat 
 surface differ in no essential rqspect from these painted 
 bas-reliefs. The conventional and untruthful methods 
 of representing the human form, as well as other objects 
 buildings, landscapes, etc. are the same in the for- 
 mer as in the latter. The coloring, too, is of the same
 
 34 
 
 A History of Greek Art. 
 
 sort, there being no attempt to render gradations of 
 color due to the play of light and shade. Fig. 13, a lute- 
 player from a royal tomb of the Eighteenth Dynasty, 
 illustrates some of these points. The reader who would 
 
 form an idea 
 of the compo- 
 sition of exten- 
 sive scenes must 
 consult works 
 more especially 
 devoted to 
 Egyptian art. 
 He will be re- 
 war d e d with 
 many a vivid 
 picture of 
 ancient Egyp- 
 tian life. 
 
 Art was at a 
 low ebb in 
 588 Egypt during 
 
 FIG. 13. WALL-PAINTING. Thebes. the Centuries of 
 
 (From Perrot and Chipiez, "Art in Ancient Egypt." T : t. _, j 
 
 Vol. ii., Fig. 270.) Libyan and 
 
 Ethiopian dom- 
 ination which succeeded the New Empire. There 
 was a revival under the Saite monarchy in the seventh 
 and sixth centuries B. C. To this period is assigned 
 a superb head of dark green stone (Fig. 14), recently 
 acquired by the Berlin Museum. It has been broken 
 from a standing or kneeling statue. The form of the 
 closely-shaven skull and the features of the strong face, 
 wrinkled by age, have been reproduced by the sculptor 
 with unsurpassable' fidelity. The number of works 
 emanating from the same school as this is very small,
 
 Art in Egypt and Mesopotamia. 
 
 35 
 
 but in quality they represent the highes^ development 
 of Egyptian sculpture. It is fit that we should take 
 our leave of Egyptian art with such a work as this be- 
 fore us, a work which gives us the quintessence of the 
 
 artistic genius of the 
 
 race. 
 
 Babylonia was the 
 seat of a civilization 
 perhaps more hoary 
 than that of Egypt. 
 The known remains 
 | of Babylonian art, 
 however, are at pres- 
 ent far fewer than 
 those of Egypt and 
 will probably always 
 be so. There being 
 practically no stone 
 in the country and 
 wood being very 
 scarce, buildings were 
 constructed entirely 
 of bricks, some of 
 them merely sun- 
 dried, others kiln- 
 baked. The natural 
 wells of bitumen sup- 
 plied a tenacious mor- 
 tar.* The ruins that have been explored at Tello, Nip- 
 pur, and elsewhere, belong to city walls, houses, and 
 temples. The most peculiar and conspicuous feature of 
 
 FIG. 14. PORTRAIT HEAD. Berlin. 
 
 * Compare Genesis XI. 3 : " And they had brick for stone, and slime had 
 they for mortar."
 
 A History of Greek Art. 
 
 the temple was a lofty rectangular tower of several 
 stages, each stage smaller than the one below it. The 
 arch was known and used in Babylonia from time im- 
 memorial. As for the ornamental details of buildings, 
 we know very little about them, except that large use 
 was made of enameled bricks. 
 
 The only early Babylonian sculptures of any conse- 
 quence that we 
 possess are a col- 
 lection of broken 
 reliefs and a dozen 
 sculptures in the 
 round, found in a 
 group of mounds 
 called T e 1 1 o and 
 now in the Louvre. 
 The reliefs are ex- 
 tremely rude. The 
 statues are much 
 better and are there- 
 fore probably of 
 later date ; they are 
 commonly assigned 
 by students of 
 Babylonian antiqui- 
 ties to about 3000 
 B. C. Fig. 15 repro- 
 duces one of them. 
 The material, as of 
 the other statues found at the same place, is a dark and 
 excessively hard igneous rock (dolerite}. The person 
 represented is one Gudea, the ruler of a small semi- 
 independent principality. On his lap he has a tablet on 
 which is engraved the plan of a fortress, very interest- 
 
 FIG. 15. STATUE OF GUDEA. Paris, Louvre.
 
 Art in Egypt and Mesopotamia. 
 
 37 
 
 ing to the student of military antiquities. The forms 
 of the body are surprisingly well given, even the knuckles 
 of the fingers being indicated. As regards the drapery, 
 it is noteworthy that an attempt has been made to ren- 
 der folds on the 
 right breast and the 
 left arm. The skirt 
 of the dress is 
 covered with an 
 inscription in cune- 
 iform characters. 
 
 Fig. 1 6 belongs 
 to the same group 
 of sculptures as the 
 seated figure just 
 discussed. Al- 
 though this head 
 gives no such im- 
 pression of lifelike- 
 ness as the best 
 Egyptian portraits, 
 it yet shows careful 
 study. Cheeks, 
 chin, and mouth are 
 well rendered. The 
 eyelids, though too 
 wide open, are still good ; notice the inner corners. 
 The eyebrows are less successful. Their general form is 
 that of the half of a figure 8 bisected vertically, and the 
 hairs are indicated by slanting lines arranged in herring- 
 bone fashion. Altogether, the reader will probably 
 feel more respect than enthusiasm for this early Baby- 
 lonian art, and will have no keen regret that the speci- 
 mens of it are so few. 
 
 FIG. 16. HEAD, FROM TELLO. Paris, Louvre.
 
 38 A History of Greek Art. 
 
 The Assyrians were by origin one people with the 
 Chaldeans and were therefore a branch of the great 
 Semitic family. It is not until the ninth century B. C. 
 that the great period of Assyrian history begins. Then 
 for two and a half centuries Assyria was the great 
 conquering power of the world. Near the end of the 
 seventh century it was completely annihilated by a 
 coalition of Babylonia and Media. 
 
 With an insignificant exception or two the remains of 
 Assyrian buildings and sculptures all belong to the 
 period of Assyrian greatness. The principal sites where 
 explorations have been carried on are Koyunjik (Nine- 
 veh), Nimroud, and Khorsabad, and the ruins uncovered 
 are chiefly those of royal palaces. These buildings were 
 of enormous extent. The palace of Sennacherib at 
 Nineveh, for example, covered more than twenty acres. 
 Although the country possessed building stone in plenty, 
 stone was not used except for superficial ornamentation, 
 baked and unbaked bricks being the architect's sole 
 reliance. This was a mere blind following of the ex- 
 ample of Babylonia, from which Assyria derived all its 
 culture. The palaces were probably only one story in 
 height. Their principal splendor was in their interior 
 decoration of painted stucco, enameled bricks, and, 
 above all, painted reliefs in limestone or alabaster. 
 
 The great Assyrian bas-reliefs covered the lower 
 portions of the walls of important rooms. Designed to 
 enrich the royal palaces, they drew their principal 
 themes from the occupations of the kings. We see the 
 monarch offering sacrifice before a divinity, or, more 
 often, engaged in his favorite pursuits of war and hunt- 
 ing. These extensive compositions cannot be ade- 
 quately illustrated by two or three small pictures. The 
 most that can be done is to show the sculptor's method
 
 Art in Egypt and Mesopotamia. 
 
 39 
 
 of treating single figures. Fig. 17 is a slab from the 
 earliest series we possess, that belonging to the palace of 
 
 FIG. 17. ASSYRIAN RELIEF. London, British Museum. 
 (From Perrot and Chipiez, " Art in Chaldea and Assyria," Vol. II., Fig. 113.) 
 
 Asshur-nazir-pal (884 860 B. C. ) at Nimroud. It 
 represents the king facing to right, with a bowl for
 
 A History of Greek Art. 
 
 libation in his right hand and his bow in his left, while 
 a eunuch stands fronting him. The artistic style 
 exhibited here remains with no essential change through- 
 out the whole history of Assyrian art. The figures are 
 in profile, except that the king's further shoulder is 
 thrown forward in much the fashion which we have 
 found the rule in Egypt, and the eyes appear as in front 
 view. Both king and attendant are enveloped in long 
 robes, in which there is no indication of folds, though 
 fringes and tassels are elaborately rendered. The faces 
 are of a strongly marked Semitic cast, but without any 
 
 attempt at portrait- 
 ure. The hair of 
 the head ends in 
 several rows of 
 snail-shell curls, and 
 the king's beard has 
 rows of these curls 
 alternating with 
 more natural-look- 
 ing portions. Little 
 is displayed of the 
 
 HJiJI/f -*^m body except the 
 
 fore-arms, whose 
 anatomy, though 
 intelligible, is coarse 
 and false. As for 
 minor matters, such 
 
 FIG. IS.-ASSYRIAN RELIEF. Paris, Louvre. ag the toQ h j gh pQ _ 
 
 sition of the ears, and the unnatural shape of the king's 
 right hand, it is needless to dwell upon them. A cunei- 
 form inscription runs right across the relief, interrupted 
 only by the fringes of the robes. 
 
 Fig. 1 8 shows more distinctly the characteristic
 
 Art in Egypt and Mesopotamia. 
 
 Assyrian method of representing the human head. 
 Here are the same Semitic features, the eye in front 
 view, and the strangely curled hair and beard. The only 
 novelty is the incised line which marks the iris of the 
 
 FIG. 19. WINGED BULL. Paris, Louvre. 
 (From Perrot and Chipiez, "Art in Chaldea and Assyria," Vol. II., PI. IX.) 
 
 eye. This peculiarity is first observed in work of 
 Sargon's time (722-705 B. C. ). 
 
 A constant and striking feature of the Assyrian 
 palaces was afforded by the great, winged, human- 
 headed bulls, which flanked the principal doorways. 
 The one herewith given (Fig. 19) is from Sargon's 
 palace at Khorsabad. The peculiar methods of Assyrian
 
 42 A History of Greek Art. 
 
 sculpture are not ill suited to this fantastic creature, an 
 embodiment of force and intelligence. One special 
 peculiarity will not escape the attentive observer. Like 
 all his kind, except in Sennacherib's palace, this bull 
 has five legs. He was designed to be looked at from 
 directly in front or from the side, not from an inter- 
 mediate point of view. 
 
 Assyrian art was not wholly without capacity for im- 
 provement. Under Asshur-bani-pal (668-626), the Sar- 
 danapalus of the Greeks, it reached a distinctly higher 
 level than ever before. It is from his palace at Nineveh 
 that the slab partially shown in Fig. 20 was obtained. 
 Two demons, with human bodies, arms, and legs, but 
 with lions' heads, asses' ears, and eagles' talons, con- 
 front one another angrily, brandishing daggers in their 
 right hands. Mesopotamian art was fond of such 
 creatures, but we do not know precisely what meaning 
 was attached to the present scene. We need therefore 
 consider only stylistic qualities. As the two demons wear 
 only short skirts reaching from the waist to the knees, 
 their bodies are more exposed than those of men usually 
 are. We note the inaccurate anatomy of breast, abdo- 
 men, and back, in dealing with which the sculptor had 
 little experience to guide him. A marked difference is 
 made between the outer and the inner view of the leg, 
 the former being treated in the same style as the arms in 
 Fig. 17. The arms are here better, because less exag- 
 gerated. The junction of human shoulders and animal 
 necks is managed with no sort of verisimilitude. But 
 the heads, conventionalized though they are, are full of 
 vigor. One can almost hear the angry snarl, and see 
 the lightning flash from the eyes. 
 
 It is, in fact, in the rendering of animals that Assyrian 
 art attains to its highest level. In Asshur-bani-pal' s
 
 Art in Egypt and Mesopotamia. 43 
 
 palace extensive hunting scenes give occasion for intro- 
 ducing horses, dogs, wild asses, lions, and lionesses, and 
 these are portrayed with a keen eye for characteristic 
 forms and movements. One of the most famous of these 
 
 FIG. 20. ASSYRIAN RELIEF. London, British Museum. 
 
 animal figures is the lioness shown in Fig. 21. The 
 creature has been shot through with three great arrows. 
 Blood gushes from her wounds. Her hind legs are 
 paralyzed and drag helplessly behind her. Yet she still 
 moves forward on her fore-feet and howls with rage and
 
 44 A History of Greek Art. 
 
 agony. Praise of this admirable figure can hardly be 
 too strong. This and others of equal merit redeem 
 Assyrian art. 
 
 As has been Already intimated, these bas-reliefs were 
 always colored, though, it would seem, only partially, 
 whereas Egyptian bas-reliefs were completely covered 
 with color. 
 
 Of Assyrian stone sculpture in the round nothing has 
 yet been said. A few pieces exist, but their style is so 
 
 FIG. 21. WOUNDED LIONESS. London, British Museum. 
 
 essentially like that of the bas-reliefs that they call for 
 no separate discussion. More interesting is the Assyrian 
 work in bronze. The most important specimens of this 
 are some hammered reliefs, now in the British Museum, 
 which originally adorned a pair of wooden doors in the 
 palace of Shalmaneser III. at Balawat. The art of cast- 
 ing statuettes and statues in bronze was also known and 
 practiced, as it had been much earlier in Babylonia, but 
 the examples preserved to us are few. For the decora-
 
 Art in Egypt and Mesopotamia. 45 
 
 tive use which the Assyrians made of color, our princi- 
 pal witnesses are their enameled bricks. These are 
 ornamented with various designs men, genii, animals, 
 and floral patterns in a few rich colors, chiefly blue 
 and yellow. Of painting, except in the sense of mural 
 decoration, there is no trace. 
 
 Egypt and Mesopotamia are, of all the countries 
 around the Mediterranean, the only seats of an impor- 
 tant, indigenous art, antedating that of Greece. Other 
 countries of Western Asia Syria, Phrygia, Phenicia, 
 Persia, and so on seem to have been rather recipients 
 and transmitters than originators of artistic influences. 
 For Egypt, Assyria, and the regions just named did not 
 remain isolated from one another. On the contrary, in- 
 tercourse both friendly and hostile was active, and 
 artistic products, at least of the small and portable kind, 
 were exchanged. The paths of communication were 
 many, but there is reason for thinking that the Phe- 
 nicians, the great trading nation of early times, were 
 especially instrumental in disseminating artistic ideas. 
 To these influences Greece was exposed before she had 
 any great art of her own. Among the remains of pre- 
 historic Greece we find, besides some objects of foreign 
 manufacture, others, which, though presumably of na- 
 tive origin, are yet more or less directly inspired by 
 Egyptian or oriental models. But when the true history 
 of Greek art begins, say about 600 B. C. , the influences 
 from Egypt and Asia sink into insignificance. It may 
 be that the impulse to represent gods and men in wood 
 or stone was awakened in Greece by the example of 
 older communities. It may be that one or two types of 
 figures were suggested by foreign models. It may be 
 that a hint was taken from Egypt for the form of the
 
 46 A History of Greek Art. 
 
 Doric column and that the Ionic capital derives from an 
 Assyrian prototype. It is almost certain that the art of 
 casting hollow bronze statues was borrowed from Egypt. 
 And it is indisputable that some ornamental patterns used 
 in architecture and on pottery were rather appropriated 
 than invented by Greece. There is no occasion for dis- 
 guising or underrating this indebtedness of Greece to 
 her elder neighbors. But, on the other hand, it is im- 
 portant not to exaggerate the debt. Greek art is 
 essentially self-originated, the product of a unique, in- 
 communicable genius. As well might one say that 
 Greek literature is of Asiatic origin, because, forsooth, 
 the Greek alphabet came from Phenicia, as call Greek 
 art the offspring of Egyptian or oriental art because of 
 the impulses received in the days of its beginning.* 
 
 * This comparison is perhaps not original with the present writer.
 
 CHAPTER II. 
 
 PREHISTORIC ART IN GREECE. 
 
 THIRTY years ago it would have been impossible to 
 write with any considerable knowledge of prehistoric art 
 in Greece. The Iliad and Odyssey, to be sure, tell of 
 numerous artistic objects, but no definite pictures of 
 these were called up by the poet's words. Of actual re- 
 mains only a few were known. Some implements of 
 stone, the mighty walls of Tiryns, Mycenae, and many 
 another ancient citadel, four'" treasuries," as they were 
 often called, at Mycenae and one at the Boeotian Orchome- 
 nus these made up pretty nearly the total of the visible 
 relics of that early time. To-day the case is far different. 
 Thanks- to the faith, the liberality, and the energy of 
 Heinrich Schliemann, an immense impetus has been 
 given to the study of prehistoric Greek archaeology. 
 His excavations at Troy, Mycenae, Tiryns, and else- 
 where aroused the world. He labored, and other men, 
 better trained than he, have entered into his labors. 
 The material for study is constantly accumulating, and 
 constant progress is being made in classifying and inter- 
 preting this material. A civilization antedating the 
 Homeric poems stands now dimly revealed to us. My- 
 cenae, the city ' ' rich in gold, ' ' the residence of Aga- 
 memnon, whence he ruled over " many islands and all 
 Argos,"* is seen to have had no merely legendary pre- 
 eminence. So conspicuous, in fact, does Mycenae ap- 
 pear in the light as well of archaeology as of epic, that 
 
 * Iliad II., 108. 
 
 47
 
 48 A History of Greek Art. 
 
 it has become common, somewhat misleading though it 
 is, to call a whole epoch and a whole civilization " My- 
 cenaean." This "Mycenaean" civilization was widely 
 extended over the Greek islands and the eastern por- 
 tions of continental Greece in the second millennium be- 
 fore our era. Exact dates are very risky, but it is 
 reasonably safe to say that this civilization was in full de- 
 velopment as early as the fifteenth century B. C, and 
 that it was not wholly superseded till considerably later 
 than looo B. C. 
 
 It is our present business to gain some acquaintance 
 with this epoch on its artistic side. It will be readily 
 understood that our knowledge of the long period in 
 question is still very fragmentary, and that, in the ab- 
 sence of written records, our interpretation of the facts is 
 hardly better than a groping in the dark. Fortunately 
 we can afford, so far as the purposes of this book are 
 concerned, to be content with a slight review. For it 
 seems clear that the "Mycenaean" civilization devel- 
 oped little which can be called artistic in the highest 
 sense of that term. The real history of Greek art that 
 is to say, of Greek architecture, sculpture, and painting 
 begins much later. Nevertheless it will repay us to 
 get some notion, however slight, of such prehistoric 
 Greek remains as can be included under the broadest 
 acceptation of the word " art." 
 
 In such a survey it is usual to give a place to early 
 walls of fortification, although these, to be sure, were 
 almost purely utilitarian in their character. The classic 
 example of these constructions is the citadel wall of 
 Tiryns in Argolis. Fig. 22 shows a portion of this for- 
 tification on the east side, with the principal approach. 
 Huge blocks of roughly dressed limestone some of 
 those in the lower courses estimated to weigh thirteen
 
 Prehistoric Art in Greece. 
 
 49 
 
 or fourteen tons apiece are piled one upon another, the 
 interstices having been filled with clay and smaller 
 stones. This wall is of varying thickness, averaging 
 at the bottom about twenty-five feet. At two -places, 
 viz., at the south end and on the east side near the 
 southeast corner, the thickness is increased, in order 
 to give room in the wall for a row of store chambers 
 with communicating gallery. Fig. 23 shows one of 
 these galleries in its present condition. It will be seen 
 
 FIG. 22. CITADEL OF TIRYNS. 
 
 that the roof has been formed by pushing the successive 
 courses of stones further and further inward from both 
 sides until they meet. The result is in form a vault, 
 but the principle of the arch is not there, inasmuch as 
 the stones are not jointed radially, but lie on approxi- 
 mately horizontal beds. Such a construction is some- 
 imes called a ' ' corbelled ' ' arch or vault. 
 
 Similar walls to those of Tiryns are found in many 
 places, though nowhere else are the blocks of such 
 gigantic size. The Greeks of the historical period 
 viewed these imposing structures with as much astonish-
 
 50 A History of Greek Art. 
 
 ment as do we, and attributed them (or at least those in 
 Argolis) to the Cyclopes, a mythical folk, conceived in 
 this connection as masons of superhuman strength. 
 
 FIG. 23. GALLERY IN THE EASTERN WALL. Tiryns. 
 
 Hence the adjective Cyclopian or Cyclopean, whose 
 meaning varies unfortunately in modern usage, but 
 which is best restricted to walls of the Tirynthian type ;
 
 Prehistoric Art in Greece, 
 
 that is to say, walls built of large blocks not accurately 
 fitted together, the interstices being filled with small 
 stones. This style of masonry seems to be always of 
 early date. 
 
 Portions of the citadel wall of Mycenas are Cyclopean. 
 Other portions, quite probably of later date, show a 
 very different character (Fig. 24). Here the blocks on 
 the outer surface of the wall, though irregular in shape, 
 
 FIG. 24. PORTION OF CITADEL WALL. Mycenae. 
 
 are fitted together with close joints. This style of 
 masonry is called polygonal and is .to be carefully 
 distinguished from Cyclopean, as above defined. 
 Finally, still other portions of this same Mycenaean wall 
 show on the outside a near approach to what is called 
 ashlar masonry, in which the blocks are rectangular and 
 laid in even, horizontal courses. This is the case near 
 the Lion Gate, the principal entrance to the citadel 
 
 (Fig- 25)- 
 
 Next to the walls of fortification the most numerous
 
 A History of Greek Art. 
 
 early remains of the builder's art in Greece are the 
 "bee-hive" tombs, of which many examples have been 
 discovered in Argolis, Laconia, Attica, Bceotia, Thes- 
 saly, and Crete. At Mycenae alone there are eight now 
 known, all of them outside the citadel. The largest and 
 most imposing of these, and indeed of the entire class, is 
 the one commonly referred to by the misleading name 
 of the ' ' Treasury of Atreus. ' ' Fig. 26 gives a section 
 through this tomb. A straight passage, A B, flanked 
 by walls of ashlar masonry and open to the sky, leads to 
 
 FIG. 25. THK LION GATE. Mycenae. 
 
 a doorway, B. This doorway, once closed with heavy 
 doors, was framed with an elaborate architectural com- 
 position, of which only small fragments now exist and 
 these widely dispersed in London, Berlin, Carlsruhe, 
 Munich, Athens, and Mycenae itself. In the decoration
 
 Prehistoric Art in Greece. 53 
 
 of this facade rosettes and running spirals played a con- 
 spicuous part, and on either side of the doorway stood 
 a column which tapered downwards and was ornamented 
 with spirals arranged in zigzag bands. This downward- 
 tapering column, so unlike the columns of classic times, 
 seems to have been in common use in Mycenaean archi- 
 
 D A 
 
 FIG. 26. SECTION OF "TREASURY OF ATREUS." 
 (From the Athenische Mittheilungen, 1879, PI. XI.) 
 
 tecture. Inside the doors comes a short passage, B C, 
 roofed by two huge lintel blocks, the inner one of 
 which is estimated to weigh 132 tons. The principal 
 chamber, D, which is embedded in the hill, is circular in 
 plan, with a lower diameter of about forty-seven feet. 
 Its wall is formed of horizontal courses of stone, each 
 pushed further inward than the one below it, until the 
 opening was small enough to be covered by a single 
 stone. The method of roofing is therefore identical in 
 principle with that used in the galleries and store 
 chambers of Tiryns ; but here the blocks have been 
 much more carefully worked and accurately fitted, and 
 the exposed ends have been so beveled as to give to the 
 whole interior a smooth, curved surface. Numerous 
 horizontal rows of small holes exist, only partly indi- 
 cated in our illustration, beginning in the fourth course 
 from the bottom and continuing at intervals probably to 
 the top. In some of these holes bronze nails still 
 remain. These must have served for the attachment
 
 54 
 
 A History of Greek Art. 
 
 of some sort of bronze decoration. The most careful 
 study of the disposition of the holes has led to the con- 
 clusion that the fourth and fifth courses were completely 
 covered with bronze plates, presumably ornamented, 
 and that above this there were rows of single ornaments, 
 
 possibly rosettes. 
 Fig. 27 will give 
 some idea of the 
 present appearance 
 of this chamber, 
 which is still com- 
 plete, except for the 
 loss of the bronze 
 decoration and two 
 or three stones at 
 the top. The small 
 doorway which is 
 seen here, as well as 
 in Fig. 26, leads 
 into a rectangular 
 chamber, hewn in 
 the living rock. 
 This is much smaller 
 than the main cham- 
 
 FIG. 27. INTERIOR OF " TREASURY OF ATREUS." i 
 ( From a photograph by the German Archaeo- Der. 
 
 At Orchomenus 
 
 in Bceotia are the ruins of a tomb scarcely inferior in 
 size to the ' ' Treasury of Atreus ' ' and once scarcely 
 less magnificent. Here too, besides the "bee-hive" 
 construction, there was a lateral, rectangular cham- 
 ber a feature which occurs only in these two 
 cases. Excavations conducted here by Schliemann in 
 1 880-8 1 brought to light the broken fragm'ents of a 
 ceiling of greenish schist with which this lateral cham-
 
 Prehistoric Art in Greece. 
 
 55 
 
 her was once covered. -Fig. 28 shows this ceiling 
 restored. The beautiful sculptured decoration con- 
 
 FIG. 28. CEILING OF TOMB-CHAMBER AT ORCHOMENUS, RESTORED. 
 (From The Journal of Hellenic Studies, Vol. II., PI. XII.) 
 
 sists of elements which recur in almost the same com- 
 bination on a fragment of painted stucco from the
 
 56 A History of Greek Art. 
 
 palace of Tiryns. The pattern is derived from Egypt. 
 
 The two structures just described were long ago 
 broken into and despoiled. If they stood alone, we 
 could only guess at their original purpose. But some 
 other examples of the same class have been left un- 
 molested or less completely ransacked, until in recent 
 years they could be studied by scientific investigators. 
 Furthermore we have the evidence of numerous rock- 
 cut chambers of analogous shape, many of which have 
 been recently opened in a virgin condition. Thus it has 
 been put beyond a doubt that these subterranean ' ' bee- 
 hive ' ' chambers were sepulchral monuments, the bodies 
 having been laid in graves within. The largest and 
 best built of these tombs, if not all, must have belonged 
 to princely families. 
 
 Even the dwelling-houses of the chieftains who ruled 
 at Tiryns and Mycenae are known to us by their remains. 
 The palace of Tiryns occupied the entire southern end 
 of the citadel, within the massive walls above described. 
 Its ruins were uncovered in 1884-85. The plan and 
 the lower portions of the walls of an extensive com- 
 plex of gateways, open courts, and closed rooms were 
 thus revealed. There are remains of a similar building 
 at Mycenae, but less well preserved, while the citadels of 
 Athens and Troy present still more scanty traces of an 
 analogous kind. The walls of the Tirynthian palace 
 were not built of gigantic blocks of stone, such as were 
 used in the citadel wall. That would have been a reck- 
 less waste of labor. On the contrary, they were built 
 partly of small irregular pieces of stone, partly of sun- 
 dried bricks. Clay was used to hold these materials 
 together, and beams of wood ( ' ' bond timbers ' ' ) were 
 laid lengthwise here and there in the wall to give 
 additional strength. Where columns were needed, they
 
 Prehistoric Art in Greece. 
 
 57 
 
 were in every case of wood, and consequently have long 
 since decomposed and disappeared. Considerable re- 
 mains, however, were found of the decorations of the 
 interior. Thus there are bits of what must once have 
 been a beautiful frieze of alabaster, inlaid with pieces of 
 blue glass. A restored piece of this, sufficient to give 
 the pattern, is seen in Fig. 29. Essentially the same 
 design, somewhat simplified, occurs on objects of stone, 
 ivory, and glass found at Mycenae and in a " bee-hive " 
 tomb of Attica. Again, there are fragments of painted 
 stucco which decorated the walls of rooms in the palace 
 
 FIG. 29. ALABASTER FRIEZE FROM TIRYNS, RESTORED. 
 (From Sybel, " Weltgeschichte der Kunst," page 62.) 
 
 of Tiryns. The largest and most interesting of these 
 fragments is shown in Fig. 30. A yellow and red bull 
 is represented against a blue background, galloping 
 furiously to left, tail in air. Above him is a man of 
 slender build, nearly naked. With his right hand the 
 man grasps one of the bull's horns ; his right leg is bent 
 at the knee and the foot seems to touch with its toes the 
 bull' s back ; his outstretched left leg is raised high in air. 
 We have several similar representations on objects of 
 the Mycenaean period, the most interesting of which will 
 be presently described (see page 67). The comparison
 
 A History of Greek Art. 
 
 of these with one another leaves little room for doubt 
 that the Tirynthian fresco was intended to portray the 
 chase of a wild bull. But what does the man's position 
 signify? Has he been tossed into the air by the 
 infuriated animal ? Has he adventurously vaulted upon 
 
 FIG. 30. WALL-FRESCO FROM TIRYNS. 
 (From Schliemann, " Tiryns," PI. XIII.) 
 
 the creature' s back ? Or did the painter mean him to 
 be running on the ground, and, finding the problem of 
 drawing the two figures in their proper relation too 
 much for his simple skill, did he adopt the child-like 
 expedient of putting one above the other? This last 
 seems much the most probable explanation, especially as 
 the same expedient is to be seen in several other designs 
 belonging to this period. 
 
 At Mycenae also, both in the principal palace which 
 corresponds to that of Tiryns and in a smaller house, 
 remains of wall-frescoes have been found. These, like 
 those of Tiryns, consisted partly of merely ornamental 
 patterns, partly of genuine pictures, with human and
 
 Prehistoric Art in Greece. 
 
 59 
 
 animal figures. But nothing has there come to light at 
 once so well preserved and so spirited as the bull-fresco 
 from Tiryns. 
 
 Painting in the Mycenaean period seems to have been 
 nearly, if not entirely, confined to the decoration of 
 house-walls and of pottery. Similarly sculpture had no 
 existence as a great, independent art. There is no 
 
 trace of any 
 statue in the 
 round of life- 
 size or anything 
 approaching 
 that. This 
 agrees with the 
 impression we 
 get from the Ho- 
 rn eric poems, 
 where, with 
 possibly one ex- 
 ception,* there 
 is no allusion to 
 any sculptured 
 image. There 
 are, to be sure, 
 primitive statu- 
 ettes, one class 
 of which, very 
 rude and early, 
 in fact pre- 
 
 FIG. 31. PRIMITIVE STATUETTES FROM THE GREEK Mycenaean in 
 ISLANDS. London, British Museum. character is il 
 
 lustrated by Fig. 31. Images of this sort have been 
 found principally on the islands of the Greek Archipel- 
 
 * Iliad VI., 273, 303.
 
 6o 
 
 A History of Greek Art. 
 
 ago. They are made of marble or limestone, and rep- 
 resent a naked female figure standing stiffly erect, with 
 arms crossed in front below the breasts. The head is 
 of extraordinary rudeness, the face of a horse-shoe 
 shape, often with no feature except a long triangular 
 nose. What religious ideas were associated with these 
 barbarous little images by their possessors we can hardly 
 
 guess. We 
 shall see that 
 when a truly 
 G reek art 
 came into be- 
 ing, figures of 
 goddesses and 
 wo men were 
 decorously 
 clothed. 
 
 Excavations 
 on Mycenaean 
 s ites have 
 yielded quan- 
 tities of small 
 figures, chiefly 
 of painted 
 terra-cotta((/. 
 Fig. 43), but 
 also of bronze 
 or lead. Of 
 
 sculpture on a larger scale we possess nothing except the 
 gravestones found at Mycenae and the relief which has 
 given a name, albeit an inaccurate one, to the Lion Gate. 
 The gravestones are probably the earlier. They were 
 found within a circular enclosure just inside the Lion 
 Gate, above a group of six graves the so-called pit- 
 
 FIG. 32. GRAVESTONE FROM MYCENAE. 
 Athens, National Museum.
 
 Prehistoric Art in Greece. 61 
 
 graves or shaft-graves of Mycenae. The best preserved 
 of these gravestones is shown in Fig. 32. The field, 
 bordered by a double fillet, is divided horizontally into 
 two parts. The upper part is filled with an ingeniously 
 contrived system of running spirals. Below is a battle- 
 scene : a man 'in a chariot is driving at full speed, and 
 in front there is a naked foot soldier (enemy?), with a 
 sword in his uplifted left hand. Spirals, apparently 
 meaningless, fill in the vacant spaces. The technique 
 is very simple. The figures having been outlined, the 
 background has been cut away to a shallow depth ; 
 within the outlines there is no modeling, the surfaces 
 being left flat. It is needless to dwell on the short- 
 comings of this work, but it is worth while to remind 
 the reader that the gravestone commemorates one who 
 must have been an important personage, probably a 
 chieftain, and that the best available talent would have 
 been secured for the purpose. 
 
 The famous relief above the Lion Gate of Mycenae 
 (Figs. 25, 33), though probably of somewhat later date 
 than the sculptured gravestones, is still generally be- 
 lieved to go well back into the second millennium before 
 Christ. It represents two lionesses (not lions) facing 
 one another in heraldic fashion, their fore-paws resting 
 on what is probably to be called an altar or pair of 
 altars ; between them is a column, which tapers down- 
 ward (/". the columns of the " Treasury of Atreus," page 
 53), surmounted by what seems to be a suggestion of 
 an entablature. The heads of the lionesses, originally 
 made of separate pieces and attached, have been lost. 
 Otherwise the work is in good preservation, in spite of 
 its uninterrupted exposure for more than three thousand 
 years. The technique is quite different from that of the 
 gravestones, for all parts of the relief are carefully
 
 62 
 
 A History of Greek Art. 
 
 modeled. The truth to nature is also far greater here, 
 the animals being tolerably life-like. The design is one 
 which recurs with variations on two or three engraved 
 
 FIG. 33. RELIEF ABOVE THE LION GATE, MYCEN/E. 
 
 (From Perrot and Chipiez, " Histoire de 1'Art dans l'Antiquit6," 
 
 Vol. VI., PI. XIV.) 
 
 gems of the Mycenaean period (cf. Fig. 40), as well as 
 m a series of later Phrygian reliefs in stone. Placed in
 
 Prehistoric Art in Greece. 63 
 
 this conspicuous position above the principal entrance to 
 the citadel, it may perhaps have symbolized the power 
 of the city and its rulers. 
 
 If sculpture in stone appears to have been very little 
 practiced in the Mycenaean age, the arts of the gold- 
 smith, silversmith, gem-engraver, and ivory-carver were 
 in great requisition. The shaft-graves of Mycenae con- 
 tained, besides other things, a rich treasure of gold ob- 
 jects masks, drinking-cups, diadems, ear-rings, finger- 
 rings, and so on ; also several silver vases. One of the 
 
 FIG. 34. GOLD ORNAMENT. FIG. 35. Goto ORNAMENT. 
 
 (From Schliemann, " Mycenae," (From Schliemann, " Mycenae," 
 
 Fig. 240.) Fig. 246.) 
 
 latter may be seen in Fig. 43. It is a large jar, about 
 two and one half feet in height, decorated below with 
 horizontal flutings and above with continuous spirals 
 in repousse (i.e., hammered) work. Most of the gold 
 objects must be passed over, interesting though many 
 of them are. But we may pause a moment over a 
 group of circular ornaments in thin gold-leaf about 
 two and one half inches in diameter, of which 701 speci- 
 mens were found, all in a single grave. The patterns 
 on these discs were not executed with a free hand, but
 
 64 A History of Greek Art. 
 
 by means of a mold. There are fourteen patterns in all, 
 some of them made up of spirals and serpentine curves, 
 others derived from vegetable and animal forms. Two 
 of the latter class are shown in Figs. 34, 35. One is a 
 butterfly, the other a cuttle-fish, both of them skilfully 
 conventionalized. It is interesting to note how the 
 antennae of the butterfly and still more the arms of the 
 cuttle-fish are made to end in the favorite spiral. 
 
 The sculptures 
 and gold objects 
 which have been 
 thus far described 
 or referred to were 
 in all probability 
 executed by na- 
 tive, or at any rate 
 by resident, work- 
 men, though some 
 of the patterns 
 clearly betray ori- 
 ental influence. 
 Other objects must 
 have been, others 
 may have been, 
 actually imported 
 from Egypt or the 
 East. It is impos- 
 sible to draw the 
 line with certainty 
 between native and 
 
 FIG. 36. SILVER Cow's HEAD. Athens, National , j -T.I 
 
 Museum. ( From a photograph by the Ger- imported. 1 n U S 
 
 the admirable sil- 
 
 ver head of a cow from one of the shaft-graves (Fig. 36) 
 has been claimed as an Egyptian or a Phenician produc-
 
 Prehistoric Art in Greece. 
 
 tion, but the evidence adduced is not decisive. Sim- 
 ilarly with the fragment of a silver vase shown in Fig. 
 37. This has a design in relief (repousse*) representing 
 the siege of a walled town or citadel. On the walls is a 
 group of women 
 making frantic 
 gestures. The 
 defenders, most 
 of them naked, 
 are armed with 
 bows and ar- 
 rows and slings. 
 On the ground 
 lie sling-stones 
 and throwing- 
 sticks,* which 
 may be sup- 
 posed to have 
 been hurled by 
 the enemy. In 
 the background 
 there are four 
 nondescript trees, perhaps intended for olive trees. 
 
 Another variety of Mycenaean metal-work is of a 
 much higher order of merit than the dramatic but rude 
 relief on this silver vase. I refer to a number of inlaid 
 dagger-blades, which were found in two of the shaft- 
 graves. Fig. 38 reproduces one side of the finest of 
 these. It is about nine inches long. The blade is of 
 bronze, while the rivets by which the handle was 
 attached are of gold. The design was inlaid in a 
 separate thin slip of bronze, which was then inserted 
 
 FIG. 37. FRAGMENT OF SILVER VASE. Athens, 
 
 National Museum. (From the Ephemeris 
 
 Archaiologike, 1891, PI. II.) 
 
 * So explained by Mr. A. J. Evans in The Journal of Hellenic Studies, XIII., 
 page 199.
 
 66 
 
 A History of Greek Art. 
 
 into a sinking on the blade. The materials used are 
 various. The lions and the naked parts of the men are 
 of gold, the shields and trunks of the men of electrum 
 
 (a mixture of gold and 
 '.j? silver), the hair of the 
 
 =5; men, the manes of the 
 
 s 
 
 ^ lions, and some other 
 
 details of an unidenti- 
 
 
 
 J[ fied dark substance ; 
 | the background, to the 
 <3 edges of the inserted 
 
 slip, was covered with 
 | a black enamel. The 
 ^ scene is a lion-hunt. 
 B Four men, one armed 
 o only with a bow, the 
 
 others with lances and 
 |3 huge shields of two 
 %a: different forms, are at- 
 _8 tacking a lion. A fifth 
 
 rt ^ 
 
 J hunter has fallen and 
 
 , lies under the lion's 
 
 c fore-paws. The beast 
 
 ^ has already been run 
 
 ^ through with a lance, 
 
 < the point of which is 
 seen protruding from 
 g his haunch ; but he 
 o still shows fight, while 
 
 < his two companions 
 .2 dash away at full 
 < speed. The design is 
 S2 skilfully composed to 
 
 fill the triangular
 
 Prehistoric Art in Greece. 67 
 
 space, and the attitudes of men and beasts are varied, 
 expressive, and fairly truthful. Another of these 
 dagger-blades has a representation of panthers hunting 
 ducks by the banks of a river in which what may be 
 lotus plants are growing. The lotus would point toward 
 Egypt as the ultimate source of the design. Moreover, 
 a dagger of similar technique has been found in Egypt 
 in the tomb of a queen belonging to the end of the 
 Seventeenth Dynasty. On the other hand, the dress 
 and the shields of the men engaged in the lion-hunt 
 are identical with those on a number of other ' ' My- 
 cenaean" articles gems, statuettes, etc. which it is 
 difficult to regard as all of foreign importation. The 
 probability, then, seems to be that while the technique 
 of the dagger-blades was directly or indirectly derived 
 from Egypt, the specimens found at Mycenae were of 
 local manufacture. 
 
 The greatest triumph of the goldsmith's art in the 
 "Mycenaean" period does not come from Mycenae. 
 The two gold cups shown in Fig. 39 were found in 1888 
 in a bee-hive tomb at Vaphio in Laconia. Each cup is 
 double ; that is to say, there is an outer cup, which has 
 been hammered into shape from a single disc of gold 
 and which is therefore without a joint, and an inner cup, 
 similarly made, whose upper edge is bent over the outer 
 cup so as to hold the two together. The horizontal 
 parts of the handles are attached by rivets, while the 
 intervening vertical cylinders are soldered. The designs 
 in repousst: work are evidently pendants to one another. 
 The first represents a hunt of wild bulls. One bull, 
 whose appearance indicates the highest pitch of fury, has 
 dashed a would-be captor to earth and is now tossing 
 another on his horns. A second bull, entangled in a 
 stout net, writhes and bellows in the vain effort to
 
 Prehistoric Art in Greece. 69 
 
 escape. A third gallops at full speed from the scene of 
 his comrade's captivity. The other design shows us 
 four tame bulls. The first submits with evident im- 
 patience to his master. The next two stand quietly, 
 with an almost comical effect of good nature and con- 
 tentment. The fourth advances slowly, browsing. In 
 each composition the ground is indicated, not only 
 beneath the men and animals, but above them, wher- 
 ever the design affords room. It is an example of the 
 same nai've perspective which seems to have been 
 employed in the Tirynthian bull-fresco (Fig. 30). The 
 men, too, are of the same build here as there, and the 
 bulls have similarly curving horns. There are several 
 trees on the cups, two of which are clearly characterized 
 as palms, while the others resemble those in Fig. 37, 
 and may be intended for olives. The bulls are rendered 
 with amazing spirit and understanding. True, there are 
 palpable defects, if one examines closely. For example, 
 the position of the bull in the net is quite impossible. 
 But in general the attitudes and expressions are as life- 
 like as they are varied. Evidently we have here the 
 work of an artist who drew his inspiration directly from 
 nature. 
 
 Engraved gems were in great demand in the My- 
 cenaean period, being worn as ornamental beads, and 
 the work of the gem-engraver, like that of the gold- 
 smith, exhibits excellent qualities. The usual material 
 was some variety of ornamental stone agate, jasper, 
 rock-crystal, etc. There. are two principal shapes, the 
 one lenticular, the other elongated or glandular (Figs. 
 40, 41). The designs are engraved in intaglio, but, 
 our illustrations being made, as is usual, from plaster 
 impressions, they appear as cameos. Among the sub- 
 jects the lion plays an important part, sometimes
 
 yo A History of Greek Art. 
 
 represented singly, sometimes in pairs, sometimes de- 
 vouring a bull or stag. Cattle, goats, deer, and fantastic 
 creatures (sphinxes, griffins, etc. ) are also common. 
 So are human figures, often engaged in war or the 
 chase. In the best of these gems the work is executed 
 with great care, and the designs, though often inaccu- 
 rate, are nevertheless vigorous. Very commonly, how- 
 ever, the distortion of the figure is carried beyond all 
 bounds. Fig. 40 was selected for illustration, not be- 
 cause it is a particularly 
 favorable specimen of its 
 class, but because it offers 
 an interesting analogy to the 
 relief above the Lion Gate. 
 It represents two lions ram- 
 FIGS. 4 o, 4I.-ENGRAVED GEMS FROM pant, their fore-paws resting 
 
 MYCENAE. (From the Ephemeris o1t ar O\ tVipiY Vi^Qrlc 
 
 Archaioiogike, 1888, PI. x.) on an al t ar (? ) , tneir neads, 
 oddly enough, combined 
 
 into one. The column which figures in the relief above 
 the gate is absent from the gem, but is found on 
 another specimen from Mycenae, where the animals, 
 however, are winged griffins. Fig. 41 has only a stand- 
 ing man, of the wasp-waisted figure and wearing the 
 girdle with which other representations have now made 
 us familiar. 
 
 It remains to glance at the most important early 
 varieties of Greek pottery. We need not stop here to 
 study the rude, unpainted, mostly hand-made vases 
 from the earliest strata at Troy and Tiryns, nor the 
 more developed, yet still primitive, ware of the island of 
 Thera. But the Mycenaean pottery is of too great im- 
 portance to be passed over. This was the characteristic 
 ware of the Mycenaean civilization. The probability is 
 that it was manufactured at several different places,
 
 FIG. 42. VASES OF MYCEN^AN STYLE. 
 (From Baumeister, " Denkmaler," page 1939.)
 
 72 A History of Greek Art, 
 
 of which Mycenae may have been one and perhaps the 
 most important. It was an article of export and thus 
 found its way even into Egypt, where specimens have 
 been discovered in tombs of the Eighteenth Dynasty and 
 later. The variations in form and ornamentation are con- 
 siderable, as is natural with an article whose production 
 was carried on at different centers and during a period of 
 centuries. Fig. 42 shows a few of the characteristic 
 shapes and decorations ; some additional pieces may be 
 seen in Fig. 43. The Mycenaean vases are mostly wheel- 
 
 FIG. 43. VASES (SILVER, TERRA-COTTA, AND ALABASTER) AND STATUETTES 
 
 FROM MYCENAE. 
 (From a photograph by the German Archaeological Institute.) 
 
 made. The decoration, in the great majority of examples, 
 is applied in a lustrous color, generally red, shading to 
 brown or black. The favorite elements of design are 
 bands and spirals and a variety of animal and vegetable 
 forms, chiefly marine. Thus the vase at the bottom of 
 Fig. 42, on the left, has a conventionalized nautilus ; the 
 one at the top, on the right, shows a pair of lily-like 
 plants ; and the jug in the middle of Fig. 43 is covered 
 with the stalks and leaves of what is perhaps meant for 
 seaweed. Quadrupeds and men belong to the latest 
 period of the style, the vase-painters of the early and
 
 Prehistoric Art in Greece. 
 
 73 
 
 central Mycenaean periods having abstained, for some 
 reason or other, from those subjects which formed the 
 stock in trade of the gem-engravers. 
 
 The Mycenaean pottery was gradually superseded by 
 pottery of an essentially different style, called Geometric, 
 from the character of its painted decorations. It is 
 
 FIG. 44. DIPYLON VASE, WITH DETAILS. 
 (From Brunn, " Griechische Kunstgeschichte," Fig. 54.) 
 
 impossible to say when this style made its first appear- 
 ance in Greece, but it seems to have flourished for 
 some hundreds of years and to have lasted till as late as 
 the end of the eighth century B. C. It falls into several 
 local varieties, of which the most important is the 
 Athenian. This is commonly called Dipylon pottery, 
 from the fact that the cemetery near the Dipylon, the 
 chief gate of ancient Athens, has supplied the greatest 
 number of specimens. Some of these )ipylon vases 
 are of great size and served as funeral monuments. 
 Fig. 44 gives a good example of this class. It is four
 
 74 A History of Greek Art. 
 
 feet high. Both the shape and the decoration are very 
 different from those of the Mycenaean style. The 
 surface is almost completely covered by a system of 
 ornament in which zigzags, meanders, and groups of 
 concentric circles play an important part. In this 
 system of Geometric patterns zones or friezes are re- 
 served for designs into which human and animal figures 
 enter. The center of interest is in the middle of the 
 upper frieze, between the handles. Here we see a 
 corpse upon a funeral bier, drawn by a two-horse 
 wagon. To right and left are mourners arranged in 
 two rows, one above the other. The lower frieze, 
 which encircles the vase about at its middle, consists of 
 a line of two-horse chariots and their drivers. The 
 drawing of these designs is illustrated on a larger scale 
 on the right and left of the vase in Fig. 44 ; it is more 
 childish than anything we have seen from the My- 
 cenaean period. The horses have thin bodies, legs, 
 and necks, and their heads look as much like fishes as 
 anything. The men and women are just as bad. Their 
 heads show no feature save, at most, a dot for the eye 
 and a projection for the nose, with now and then a sort 
 of tassel for the hair ; their bodies are triangular, except 
 those of the charioteers, whose shape is perhaps derived 
 from one form of Greek shield ; their thin arms, of 
 varying lengths, are entirely destitute of natural shape ; 
 their long legs, though thigh and calf are distin- 
 guished, are only a shade more like reality than the 
 arms. Such incapacity on the part of the designer 
 would be hard to explain, were he to be regarded as the 
 direct heir of the Mycenaean culture. But the sources 
 of the Geometric style are probably to be sought among 
 other tribes than those which were dominant in the days 
 of Mycenae's splendor. Greek tradition tells of a great
 
 Prehistoric Art in Greece. 
 
 75 
 
 movement of population, the so-called Dorian migra- 
 tion, which took place some centuries before the begin- 
 ning of recorded history in Greece. If that invasion 
 and conquest of Peloponnesus by ruder tribes from the 
 North be a fact, then the hypothesis is a plausible one 
 which would connect the gradual disappearance of 
 
 FIG. 45. PLATE FROM RHODES. British Museum. 
 (From Salzmann, " Ncropole de Camiros," PI. LIII.) 
 
 Mycenaean art with that great change. Geometric art, 
 according to this theory, would have originated with the 
 tribes which now came to the fore. 
 
 Besides the Geometric pottery and its offshoots, sev- 
 eral other local varieties were produced in Greece in
 
 76 A History of Greek Art. 
 
 the eighth and seventh centuries. These are some- 
 times grouped together under the name of " oriental- 
 izing ' ' styles, because, in a greater or less degree, they 
 show in their ornamentation the influence of oriental 
 models, of which the pure Geometric style betrays no 
 trace. It is impossible here to describe all these local 
 wares, but a single plate from Rhodes (Fig. 45) may 
 serve to illustrate the degree of proficiency in the draw- 
 ing of the human figure which had been attained about 
 the end of the seventh century. Additional interest is 
 lent to this design by the names attached to the three 
 men. The combatants are Menelaus and Hector ; the 
 fallen warrior is Euphorbus. Here for the first time we 
 find depicted a scene from the Trojan War. From this 
 time on the epic legends form a large part of the reper- 
 tory of the vase-painters.
 
 CHAPTER III. 
 
 GREEK ARCHITECTURE. 
 
 THE supreme achievement of Greek architecture was 
 the temple. In imperial Rome, or in any typical city of 
 the Roman Empire, the most extensive and imposing 
 buildings were secular basilicas, baths, amphitheaters, 
 porticoes, aqueducts. In Athens, on the other hand, 
 or in any typical Greek city, there was little or nothing 
 to vie with the temples and the sacred edifices associated 
 with them. Public secular buildings, of course, there 
 were, but the little we know of them does not suggest 
 that they often ranked among the architectural glories 
 of the country. Private houses were in the best period 
 of small pretensions. It was to the temple and its ad- 
 junct buildings that the architectural genius and the 
 material resources of Greece were devoted. It is the 
 temple, then, which we have above all to study. 
 
 Before beginning, however, to analyze the artistic 
 features of the temple, it will be useful to consider the 
 building materials which a Greek architect had at his 
 disposal and his methods of putting them together. 
 Greece is richly provided with good building stone. At 
 many points there are inexhaustible stores of white 
 marble. The island of Paros, one of the Cyclades, and 
 Mount Pentelicus in Attica to name only the two best 
 and most famous quarries are simply masses of white 
 marble, suitable as well for the builder as the sculptor. 
 There are besides various beautiful colored marbles, but 
 it was left tp the Romans to bring these into use. Then 
 
 ' 77
 
 78 A History of Greek Art. 
 
 there are many commoner sorts of stone ready to the 
 builder's hand, especially the rather soft, brown lime- 
 stones which the Greeks called by the general name of 
 poros* This material was not disdained, even for im- 
 portant buildings. Thus the Temple of Zeus at Olympia, 
 one of the two most important religious centers in the 
 Greek world, was built of local poros. The same was 
 the case with the numerous temples of Acragas (Gir- 
 genti) and Selinus in Sicily. An even meaner ma- 
 terial, sun-dried brick, was sometimes, perhaps often, 
 employed for cella walls. Where poros or crude brick 
 was used, it was coated over with a very fine, hard 
 stucco, which gave a surface like that of marble. 
 
 It is remarkable that no use was made in Greece of 
 baked bricks before the period of Roman domination. 
 Roof-tiles of terra-cotta were in use from an early period, 
 and Greek travelers to Babylonia brought back word of 
 the use of baked bricks in that country. Nevertheless 
 Greek builders showed no disposition to adopt baked 
 bricks for their masonry. 
 
 This probably hangs together with another important 
 fact, the absence of lime-mortar from Greek architecture. 
 Lime-stucco was in use from time immemorial. But 
 lime-mortar, i.e. , lime mixed with sand and used as a 
 bond for masonry, is all but unknown in Greek work.f 
 Consequently in the walls of temples and other carefully 
 constructed buildings an elaborate system of bonding by 
 means of clamps and dowels was resorted to. Fig. 46 
 illustrates this and some other points. The blocks of 
 marble are seen to be perfectly rectangular and of uni- 
 form length and height. Each end of every block is 
 
 * The word has no connection with porous. 
 
 f The solitary exception at present known is an Attic tomb built of crude 
 bricks laid in lime-mortar.
 
 Greek Architecture, 
 
 79 
 
 worked with a slightly raised and well-smoothed border, 
 for the purpose of securing without unnecessary labor a 
 perfectly accurate joint. The shallow holes, III, III, in 
 the upper surfaces are pry-holes, which were of use in 
 prying the blocks into position. The adjustment haying 
 been made, contiguous blocks in the same course were 
 bonded to one 
 another by 
 clamps, I, I, em- 
 bedded horizon- 
 tally, while the 
 sliding of one 
 course upon 
 another was 
 prevented by up- jjjli 
 
 right dowels, II, 
 
 II. Greek clamps FIG. 46. GREEK METHOD OF BUILDING A WALL. 
 (From the Athenische Mittheilungen, 1881. PI. XII.) 
 
 and dowels were 
 
 usually of iron and they were fixed in their sockets by 
 means of molten lead run in. The form of the clamp 
 differs at different periods. The double-T shape shown 
 in the illustration is characteristic of the best age (cf. 
 also Fig. 48). 
 
 Another important fact to be noted at the outset is 
 the absence of the arch from Greek architecture. It is 
 reported by the Roman philosopher, Seneca, that the 
 principle of the arch was ' ' discovered ' ' by the Greek 
 philosopher, Democritus, who lived in the latter half of 
 the fifth century B. C. That he independently dis- 
 covered the arch as a practical possibility is most un- 
 likely, seeing that it had been used for ages in Egypt 
 and Mesopotamia ; but it may be that he discussed, 
 however imperfectly, the mathematical theory of the 
 subject. If so, it would seem likely that he had prac-
 
 8o 
 
 A History of Greek Art. 
 
 tical illustrations about him ; and this view receives 
 some support from the existence of a few subterranean 
 vaults which perhaps go back to the good Greek period. 
 Be that as it may, the arch plays absolutely no part in 
 the columnar architecture of Greece. In a Greek tem- 
 ple or similar building only the flat ceiling was known. 
 Above the exterior portico and the vestibules of a tem- 
 ple the ceiling was sometimes of stone or marble, some- 
 times of wood ; in the interior it was always of wood. 
 It follows that no very wide space could be ceiled over 
 without extra supports. At Priene in Asia Minor we 
 find a temple (Fig. 49) whose cella, slightly over thirty 
 
 feet in breadth, has no in- 
 terior columns. The arch- 
 itect of the Temple of 
 Athena on the island of 
 ^gina (Fig. 52) was less 
 venturesome. Although 
 the cella there is only 2 1 ^ 
 feet in breadth, we find, as 
 in large temples, a double 
 row of columns to help 
 support the ceiling. And 
 when a really large room 
 was built, like the Hall of 
 Initiation at Eleusis or the 
 Assembly Hall of the Ar- 
 
 FIG. 47. PLAN OF SMALL TEMPLE. cadians at Megalopolis, 
 
 Rhamnus. A, cella; ^,pronaos. " 
 
 (From the "Unedited Antiquities of At- SUch a forest of pillars Was 
 tica," Chap. VII., PI. 1.) . , , 
 
 required as must have seri- 
 ously interfered with the convenience of congregations. 
 We are now ready to study the plan of a Greek tem- 
 ple. The essential feature is an enclosed chamber, 
 commonly called by the Latin name cella, in which
 
 Greek Architecture. 
 
 81 
 
 stood, as a rule, the image of the god or goddess to 
 whom the temple was dedicated. Fig. 47 shows a very 
 simple plan. Here the side walls of the cella are pro- 
 longed in front and terminate in ant<z (see below, page 
 88). Between the antae are two columns. This type 
 of temple is 
 called a tent- 
 plum in antis. 
 Were the ves- 
 tibule (pro- 
 naos*) repeated 
 at the other 
 end of the 
 building, it 
 would be 
 called an opis- 
 thodomos, and 
 the whole 
 b u i 1 d i n g 
 would be a 
 double tern- 
 plum in antis. 
 In Fig. 48 the 
 vestibules are 
 formed by 
 rows of col- 
 umns extend- 
 ing across the 
 whole width of the cella, whose side walls are not pro- 
 longed. Did a vestibule exist at the front only, the 
 temple would be called prostyle ; as it is, it is amphi- 
 prostyle. Only small Greek temples have as simple a 
 plan as those just described. Larger temples are per- 
 ipteral, i. e. , are surrounded by a colonnade or peristyle 
 
 FIG. 48. PLAN OF TEMPLE OF WINGLESS VICTORY. 
 Athens. A, cella; ~$>,pronaos ; C, opisthodomos. 
 (From Ross, " Tempel der Nike Apteros, PI. I.)
 
 82 
 
 A History of Greek Art. 
 
 (Figs. 49, 50). In Fig. 49 the cella with its vestibules 
 has the form of a double templum in antis ; in Fig. 50 
 it is amphiprostyle. A further difference should be 
 noted. In Fig. 49, which is the plan of an Ionic tem- 
 ple, the antae and columns of the vestibules are in line 
 with columns of the outer row, at both the ends and the 
 sides ; in Fig. 50, which is the plan of a Doric temple, 
 the exterior columns are set without regard to the cella 
 wallj and the columns of the vestibules. This is a reg- 
 ular difference between Doric and Ionic temples, though 
 the rule is subject to a few exceptions in the case of the 
 former. 
 
 The plan of almost any Greek temple will be found to 
 
 r 
 
 FIG. 49. PLAN OF TEMPLE AT PRIENE. 
 (From Rayet and Thomas, " Milet et le Golfe Latmique," PI. IX.) 
 
 be referable to one or other of the types just described, 
 although there are great differences in the proportions 
 of the several parts. It remains only to add that in 
 almost every case the principal front was toward the 
 east or nearly so. When Greek temples were converted 
 into Christian churches, as often happened, it was neces- 
 sary, in order to conform to the Christian ritual, to
 
 Greek Architecture. 
 
 reverse this arrangement and to place the principal 
 entrance at the western end. 
 
 The next thing is to study the principal elements of a 
 Greek temple 
 as seen in ele- 
 vation. This 3 
 
 . 1 n 
 
 brings us to the ^ 
 
 subject of the '| 
 
 *T3 
 
 Greek "or- > 
 
 z 
 
 ders." There o 
 
 **] 
 
 are two princi- jj> 
 pal orders in H 
 Greek architec- 
 ture, the Doric - z 
 and the Ionic. ~ 
 Figs. 51 and 61 i 
 
 show a charac- ^ 
 
 13 
 
 teristic speci- 
 men of each. 3- 
 
 n 
 
 The term ' ' or- ^ 
 
 der," it should I" 
 
 ~. 
 
 be said, is com- . 
 
 t* 
 
 monly restricted 
 
 in architectural * 
 
 parlance to the |" 
 
 column and en- 3 
 
 tablature. Our g 
 
 illustrations, ^ 
 
 however, show >< 
 
 all the features 5 
 
 of a Doric and 
 
 an Ionic facade. 
 
 There are several points of agreement between the two : 
 
 in each the columns rest on a stepped base, called the
 
 84 
 
 A History of Greek Art. 
 
 Cornice 
 
 Frieze 
 
 Architrave 
 
 Capital . 
 
 Shaft 
 
 Stylobate . . 
 
 crepidoma, the upper- 
 most step of which is the 
 stylobate ; in each the 
 shaft of the column 
 tapers from the lower to 
 the upper end, is chan- 
 neled or fluted verti- 
 cally, and is surmounted 
 by a projecting member 
 called a capital; in each 
 the entablature consists 
 of three members 
 architrave, frieze, and 
 cornice. There the 
 important points of 
 agreement end. The 
 differences will best be 
 fixed in mind by a de- 
 tailed examination of 
 each order separately. 
 
 Our typical example 
 of the Doric order ( Fig. 
 51) is taken from the 
 Temple of Aphaia on 
 the island of ^Egina 
 a temple probably 
 erected about 480 B. C. 
 (cf. Fig. 52.) The col- 
 umn consists of two 
 parts, shaft and capital. 
 It is of sturdy pro- 
 portions, its height being 
 about five and one half 
 FIG 51. CORNER OF A DORIC FACADE, times the lower diameter
 
 Greek Architecture. 85 
 
 of the shaft. If the shaft tapered upward at a uniform 
 rate, it would have the form of a truncated cone. 
 Instead of that, the shaft has an entasis or swelling. 
 Imagine a vertical section to be made through the mid- 
 dle of the column. If, then, the diminution of the shaft 
 were uniform, the sides of this section would be straight 
 lines. In reality, however, they are slightly curved 
 lines, convex outward. This addition to the form of a 
 truncated cone is the entasis. It is greatest at about 
 one third or one half the height of the shaft, and there 
 amounts, in cases that have been measured, to from *V 
 to T*T of the lower diameter of the shaft.* In some early 
 Doric temples, as the one at Assos in Asia Minor, there 
 is no entasis. The channels or flutes in our typical 
 column are twenty in number. More rarely we find 
 sixteen ; much more rarely larger multiples of four. 
 These channels are so placed that one comes directly 
 under the middle of each face of the capital. They are 
 comparatively shallow, and are separated from one 
 another by sharp edges or arrises. The capital, though 
 worked out of one block, may be regarded as consisting 
 of two parts a cushion-shaped member called an echi- 
 nus, encircled below by three to five annulets, (cf. Figs. 
 59, 60) and a square slab called an abacus, the latter so 
 placed that its sides are parallel to the sides of the build- 
 ing. The architrave is a succession of horizontal beams 
 resting upon the columns. The face of this member is 
 plain, except that along the upper edge there runs a 
 slightly projecting flat band called a tcenia, with regulae 
 and guttae at equal intervals ; these last are best con- 
 sidered in connection with the frieze. The frieze is made 
 
 * Observe that the entasis is so slight that the lowest diameter of the shaft is 
 always the greatest diameter. The illustration is unfortunately not quite cor- 
 rect, since it gives the shaft a uniform diameter for about one third of its 
 height.
 
 86 
 
 A History of Greek Art. 
 
 up of alternating triglyphs and metopes. A triglyph is a 
 block whose height is nearly twice its width ; upon its 
 face are two furrows triangular in plan, and its outer 
 edges are chamfered off. Thus we may say that the tri- 
 glyph has two furrows and two half-furrows ; these do 
 not extend to the top of the block. A triglyph is placed 
 over the center of each column and over the center of 
 
 FIG. 52. WEST FRONT OF THE TEMPLE OF APHAIA, RESTORED. 
 ^Egina. (From Cockerell, " Temples at ^Egina and Bassae," PI. IV.) 
 
 each intercolumniation. But at the corners of the build- 
 ings the intercolumniations are diminished, with the 
 result that the corner triglyphs do not stand over the 
 centers of the corner columns, but farther out (cf. Fig. 
 52). Under each triglyph there is worked upon the face 
 of the architrave, directly below the taenia, a regula, 
 shaped like a small cleat, and to the under surface of this 
 regula is attached a row of six cylindrical or conical
 
 Greek Architecture. 87 
 
 guttcE. Between every two triglyphs, and standing a 
 little farther back, there is a square or nearly square slab 
 or block called a metope. This has a flat band across the 
 top ; for the rest, its face may be either plain or sculp- 
 tured in relief. The uppermost member of the entabla- 
 ture, the cornice, consists principally of a projecting 
 portion, the corona, on whose inclined under surface or 
 soffit are rectangular projections, the so-called mutules 
 (best seen in the frontispiece), one over each triglyph 
 and each metope. Three rows of six guttae each are 
 attached to the under surface of a mutule. Above the 
 cornice, at the east and west ends of the building, come 
 the triangular pediments or gables, formed by the sloping 
 roof and adapted for groups of sculpture. The pedi- 
 ment is protected 
 above by a " rak- 
 ing" cornice, 
 which has not the 
 same form as the 
 horizontal cornice, 
 the principal dif- 
 ference being that 
 the under surface 
 of the raking cor- 
 nice is concave and 
 without mutules. 
 Above the raking 
 
 FIG. 53. FRAGMENT OF SIMA, WITH LION'S HEAD. 
 
 COmiCe COmeS a Athens, Acropolis Museum. (From a photograph 
 by the German Archaeological Institute.) 
 
 sima or gutter- 
 
 facing, which in buildings of good period has a curvi- 
 linear profile. This sima is sometimes continued along 
 the long sides of the building, and sometimes not. 
 When it is so continued, water-spouts are inserted into it 
 at intervals, usually in the form of lions' heads. Fig. 53
 
 88 
 
 A History of Greek Art. 
 
 shows a fine lion's head of this sort from a sixth century 
 temple on the Athenian Acropolis. If it be added that 
 upon the apex and the lower corners of the pediment 
 there were commonly pedestals which supported statues 
 or other ornamental objects (Fig. 52), mention will 
 have been made of all the main features of the exterior 
 of a Doric peripteral temple. 
 
 Every other part of the building had likewise its 
 _ established form, 
 
 but it will not be 
 possible here to de- 
 scribe or even to 
 mention every de- 
 tail. The most im- 
 portant member not 
 yet treated of is the 
 anta. An anta may 
 be described as a 
 pilaster forming the 
 termination of a 
 
 n ,aM Tt 
 aii< 
 
 FIG. 54- HALF OF ANTA-CAPITAL OF THE 
 ATHENIAN PROPYLVEA, WITH COLOR 
 
 RESTORED. directly opposite a 
 
 (FromFenger, "Dorische Polychrotnie," PI. VII.) , . 
 
 column and is of 
 
 the same height with it, its function being to receive 
 one end of an architrave block, the other end of which 
 is borne by the column. The breadth of its front face 
 is slightly greater than the thickness of the wall ; the 
 breadth of a side face depends upon whether or not the 
 anta supports an architrave on that side (Figs. 47, 48, 
 49> 5)- The Doric anta has a special capital, quite 
 unlike the capital of the column. Fig. 54 shows an ex- 
 ample from a building erected in 43732 B. C. Its most 
 striking feature is the Doric cyma, or hawk' s- beak mold- 
 ing, the characteristic molding of the Doric style (Fig.
 
 Greek Architecture. 89 
 
 55), used also to crown the horizontal cornice and in 
 other situations (Fig. 51 and frontispiece). Below the 
 capital the anta is treated precisely like the wall of 
 which it forms a part ; that is to say, its surfaces are 
 plain, except for the simple base-molding, which ex- 
 tends also along the foot of the wall. The method of 
 ceiling the peristyle and vestibules by means of ceiling- 
 beams on which rest slabs decorated with square, 
 recessed panels or coffers may be indistinctly seen in 
 Fig. 56. Within the cella, when columns were used 
 to help support the wooden ceiling, there seem to have 
 been regularly two 
 ranges, one above 
 the other. This is 
 the only case, so 
 far as we know, in 
 
 FIG. 55. HAWK'S-BEAK MOLDING, COLORED. 
 
 which Greek archi- 
 tecture of the best period put one range of columns 
 above another. There were probably no windows of 
 any kind, so that the cella received no daylight, except 
 such as entered by the great front doorway, when 
 the doors were open.* The roof-beams were of wood. 
 The roof was covered with terra-cotta or marble tiles. 
 
 Such are the main features of a Doric temple (those 
 last mentioned not being peculiar to the Doric style). 
 Little has been said thus far of variation in these 
 features. Yet variation there was. Not to dwell on 
 local differences, as between Greece proper and the 
 Greek colonies in Sicily, there was a development con- 
 stantly going on, changing the forms of details and the 
 relative proportions of parts and even introducing new 
 
 * This whole matter, however, is in dispute. Some authorities believe that 
 large temples were hyptethral, i. f., open, or partly open, to the sky, or in some 
 way lighted from above. In Fig. 56 an open grating has been inserted above 
 the doors, but for such an arrangement in a Greek temple there is no evidence, 
 so far as I am aware.
 
 A History of Greek Art. 
 
 features originally foreign to the style. Thus the 
 column grows slenderer from century to century. In 
 early examples it is from four to five lower diameters in 
 
 FIG. 56. EAST FRONT OF THE PARTHENON, RESTORED AND DISSECTED. 
 (From the Wiener Vorlegeblatter.') 
 
 height ; in the best period (fifth and fourth centuries) 
 about five and one half ; in the post-classical period, six 
 to seven. The difference in this respect between early
 
 A History of Greek Art. 
 
 and late examples may be seen by comparing the sixth 
 century Temple of Posidon (?) at Paestum in southern 
 Italy (Fig. 57) with the third (?) century Temple of 
 Zeus at Nemea (Fig. 58). Again, the echinus of the 
 capital is in the early period widely flaring, making in 
 some very early examples an angle at the start of not 
 
 FIG. 58. COLUMNS OF THE TEMPLE OF ZEUS. Nemea. 
 
 more than fifteen or twenty degrees with the horizontal 
 (Fig. 59) ; in the best period it rises more steeply, 
 starting at an angle of about fifty degrees with the 
 horizontal and having a profile which closely approaches 
 a straight line, until it curves inward under the abacus 
 (Fig. 51) ; in the post-classical period it is low and 
 sometimes quite conical (Fig. 60). In general, the
 
 Greek Architecture. 
 
 93 
 
 degeneracy of post-classical Greek architecture is in 
 nothing more marked than in the loss of those subtle 
 curves which characterize the best Greek work. Other 
 differences must be learned from more extended treatises. 
 The Ionic order was of a much more luxuriant char- 
 acter than the Doric. Our typical example (Fig. 61) 
 is taken from the Temple of Priene in Asia Minor a 
 temple erected about 340-30 B. C. The column has a 
 base consisting of a plain square plinth, two trochili with 
 moldings, and a torus fluted horizontally. The Ionic 
 
 FIG. 59. feARLY DORIC CAPITAL 
 FROM SELINUS. 
 
 FIG. 60. LATE DORIC CAPITAL 
 FROM SAMOTHRACE. 
 
 shaft is much slenderer than the Doric, the height of the 
 column (including base and capital) being in different 
 examples from eight to ten times the lower diameter of 
 the shaft. The diminution of the shaft is naturally less 
 than in the Doric, and the entasis, where any has been 
 detected, is exceedingly slight. The flutes, twenty-four 
 in number, are deeper than in the Doric shaft, being in 
 fact nearly or quite semicircular, and they are separated 
 from one another by flat bands or fillets. For the form 
 of the capital it will be better to refer to Fig. 62, taken 
 from an Attic building of the latter half of the fifth cen- 
 tury. The principal parts are an ovolo and a spiral roll
 
 94 
 
 A History of Greek Art. 
 
 Shaft 
 
 (Torus . . . 
 Trochili . 
 Plinth . . . 
 Stylobate 
 
 FIG. fei. CORNER OF AN IONIC FACADE. 
 
 (the latter name not in 
 general use). The 
 ovolo has a convex pro- 
 file, and is sometimes 
 called a quarter-round ; 
 it is enriched with an 
 egg-and-dart ornament 
 The spiral roll may be 
 conceived as a long 
 cushion, whose ends are 
 rolled under to form the 
 volutes. The part con- 
 necting the volutes is 
 slightly hollowed, and 
 the channel thus formed 
 is continued into the 
 volutes. As seen from 
 the side (Fig. 63), the 
 end of the spiral roll is 
 called a bolster / it has 
 the appearance of being 
 drawn together by a 
 number of encircling 
 bands. On the front, 
 the angles formed by the 
 spiral roll are filled by 
 a conventionalized floral 
 ornament (the so-called 
 palmette) . Above the 
 spiral roll is a low 
 abacus, oblong or square 
 in plan. In Fig. 62 the 
 profile of the abacus is 
 an ovolo on which the
 
 Greek Architecture. 
 
 95 
 
 egg-and-dart ornament was painted (cf. Fig., 66, where 
 the ornament is sculptured). In Fig. 61, as in Fig. 71, 
 the profile is a 
 complex curve 
 called a cyma re- 
 versa, convex 
 above and con- 
 cave below, en- 
 riched with a 
 sculptured leaf- 
 and-dart orna- 
 ment.* Finally, 
 
 attention mav be FIG. 62. CAPITAL FROM TEMPLE OF WINGLESS Vic- 
 
 ' TORY. Front view. (From Adamy, "Archi- 
 
 Called tO the as- tektonikderHellenen.Fig.g;.) 
 
 tragal or pearl-beading just under the ovolo in Figs. 
 ^ 61, 71. This might be de- 
 
 scribed as a string of beads 
 and buttons, two buttons 
 alternating with a single 
 bead. 
 
 In the normal Ionic cap- 
 ital the opposite faces are of 
 identical appearance. If this 
 were the case with the cap- 
 ital at the corner of a build- 
 ing, the result would be that 
 on the side of the building 
 
 FIG. 63. CAPITAL FROM TEMPLE OF all the Capitals WOuld pre- 
 WINGLESS VICTORY. Side view. . ^, . , , . . , r 
 
 (From Adamy, "Architektonik der Sent their bolsters instead of 
 
 Hellenen," Fig. 97.) ... , . , , 
 
 their volutes to the specta- 
 tor. The only way to prevent this was to distort the 
 
 * The egg-and-dart is found only on the ovolo; the leaf-and-dart only on the 
 cyma reversa or the cyma recta (concave above and convex below). Both 
 ornaments are in origin leaf-patterns, one row of leaves showing their points 
 behind another row.
 
 g6 A History of Greek Art. 
 
 corner capital into the form shown by Fig. 64 ; cf. also 
 Figs. 6 1 and 70. 
 
 The Ionic architrave is divided horizontally into 
 three (or sometimes two) bands, each of the upper 
 ones projecting slightly over the one below it. It is 
 crowned by a sort of cornice enriched with moldings. 
 The frieze is not divided like the Doric frieze, but pre- 
 sents an uninterrupted surface. It may be either plain 
 or covered with relief-sculpture. It is finished off with 
 moldings along the upper edge. The cornice (cf. Fig. 
 65) consists of two principal parts. First comes a pro- 
 jecting block, into whose face rectangular cuttings have 
 been made at short intervals, thus 
 leaving a succession of cogs or 
 dentels ; above these are moldings. 
 Secondly there is a much more 
 widely projecting block, the co- 
 rona, whose under surface is hol- 
 lowed to lighten the weight and 
 whose face is capped with mold- 
 
 FIG. 64. IONIC CORNER \ na -c TTip ralrino- rnrnirp is 1ilr<=> 
 CAPITAL, AS SEEN ln S s - L n< raKing COI 
 
 FROM BELOW. j-^g horizontal cornice except that 
 
 it has no dentels. The sima or gutter-facing, whose 
 profile is here a cyma recta (concave above and convex 
 below), is enriched with sculptured floral ornament. 
 
 In the Ionic buildings of Attica the base of the 
 column consists of two tori separated by a trochilus. 
 The proportions of these parts vary considerably. The 
 base in Fig. 66 (from a building finished about 408 
 B. C. ) is worthy of attentive examination by reason of its 
 harmonious proportions. In the Roman form of this 
 base, too often imitated nowadays, the trochilus has 
 too small a diameter. The Attic- Ionic cornice never 
 has dentels, unless the cornice of the Caryatid portico
 
 Greek Architecture. 
 
 97 
 
 of the Erechtheum ought to be reckoned as an instance 
 (Fig. 67). 
 
 FIG. 65. ENTABLATURE AND UPPER PART OF COLUMN FROM THE 
 MAUSOLEUM. British Museum. 
 
 The capital shown in Fig. 66 is a special variety of 
 the Ionic capital, of rather rare occurrence. Its dis-
 
 98 
 
 A History of Greek Art. 
 
 Attic- 
 Ionic 
 Base 
 
 tinguishing features are : the insertion between ovolo 
 
 and spiral roll of a 
 torus ornamented 
 with a braided 
 pattern, called a 
 guilloche ; the ab- 
 sence of the pal- 
 mettes from the 
 corners formed by 
 the spiral roll ; and 
 the fact that the 
 channel of the roll 
 is double instead 
 of single, which 
 gives a more elab- 
 orate character to 
 that member. 
 Finally, in the 
 Erechtheum the 
 upper part or 
 necking of the 
 shaft is enriched 
 with an exquisitely 
 wrought band of 
 floral ornament, 
 the so- called 
 honeysuckle pat- 
 tern. This fea- 
 ture is met with 
 in some other ex- 
 amples. 
 
 As in the Doric 
 style, so in the Ionic, the anta-capital is quite unlike 
 the column-capital. Fig. 68 shows an anta-capital 
 
 mimnn 
 
 Torus . . . 
 Trochilus 
 Torus . . 
 
 
 FlG. 66-ORDER OF THE ERECHTHEUM, EAST PORTICO. 
 
 (From Stuart and Revett, "Antiquities of Athens.")
 
 Greek Architecture. 
 
 99 
 
 from the Erechtheum, with an adjacent portion of the 
 wall-band ; cf. also Fig. 69. Perhaps it is inaccurate 
 in this case to speak of an anta-capital at all, seeing 
 
 FIG. 67. THE ERECHTHEUM, FROM THE EAST, RESTORED. 
 (From Stuart and Revett, "Antiquities of Athens," Vol. II.) 
 
 that the anta simply shares the moldings which crown 
 the wall. The floral frieze under the moldings is, 
 however, somewhat more elaborate on the anta than on 
 
 FIG. 68. ANTA-CAPITAL AND WALL-BAND, FROM THE ERECHTHEUM. 
 British Museum. 
 
 the adjacent wall. The Ionic method of ceiling a 
 peristyle or portico may be partly seen in Fig. 69. The 
 principal ceiling-beams here rest upon the architrave,
 
 FIG. 69. THE NORTH PORTICO OF THE ERECHTHEUM.
 
 Greek Architecture. 101 
 
 instead of upon the frieze, as in a Doric building (cf. 
 Fig. 56). Above were the usual coffered slabs. The 
 same illustration shows a well-preserved and finely pro- 
 portioned doorway, but unfortunately leaves the details 
 of its ornamentation indistinct. 
 
 The Ionic order was much used in the Greek cities of 
 Asia Minor for peripteral temples. The most consider- 
 able remains of such buildings, at Ephesus, Priene, etc. , 
 
 FIG. 70. TEMPLE OF WINGLESS VICTORY. Athens. 
 
 belong to the fourth century or later. In Greece proper 
 there is no known instance of a peripteral Ionic temple, 
 but the order was sometimes used for small prostyle 
 and amphiprostyle buildings, such as the Temple of 
 Wingless Victory in Athens (Fig. 70). Furthermore, 
 Ionic columns were sometimes employed in the interior 
 of Doric temples, as at Bassae in Arcadia and (probably) 
 in the temple built by Scopas at Tegea. In the
 
 102 
 
 A History of Greek Art. 
 
 Propylaea or gateway of the Athenian Acropolis we even 
 find the Doric and Ionic orders juxtaposed, the exterior 
 architecture being Doric and the interior Ionic, with no 
 wall to separate them. One more interesting occurrence 
 of the Ionic order in Greece proper may be mentioned, 
 viz., in the Philippeum at Olympia (about 336 B.C.). 
 This is a circular building, surrounded by an Ionic col- 
 onnade. Still other types of building afforded oppor- 
 tunity enough for the employment of this style. 
 
 After what has been said of the gradual changes in 
 the" Doric order, it will be understood that the Ionic 
 order was not the same in the sixth century as in the 
 
 fifth, nor in the 
 
 fifth the same as 
 in the third. The 
 most striking 
 change concerns 
 the spiral roll of 
 the capital. In 
 the good period 
 the portion of 
 this member 
 which connects 
 the volutes is 
 bounded below by a depressed curve, graceful and vig- 
 orous. With the gradual degradation of taste this curve 
 tended to become a straight line, the result being the 
 unlovely, mechanical form shown in Fig. 71 (from a 
 building of Ptolemy Philadelphus, who reigned from 283 
 to 246 B.C.). Better formed capitals than this contin- 
 ued for some time to be made in Greek lands ; but the 
 type just shown, or rather something resembling it in 
 the disagreeable feature noted, became canonical with 
 Roman architects. 
 
 FIG. 71. IONIC CAPITAL FROM SAMOTHRACE. 
 (From Puchstein, " Das ionische Capitell," Fig. 34.)
 
 Greek Architecture. 
 
 103 
 
 FIG. 72. CORINTHIAN CAPITAL FROM 
 EPIDAURUS. 
 
 The Corinthian order, as it is commonly called, hardly 
 deserves to be called a distinct order. Its only peculiar 
 feature is the capital ; otherwise it agrees with the Ionic 
 order. The Corinthian capital is said to have been in- 
 vented in the fifth 
 century ; and a soli- 
 tary specimen, of a 
 meager and rudimen- 
 tary type, found in 
 1812 in the Temple 
 of Apollo at Bassae, 
 but since lost, was 
 perhaps an original 
 part of that building 
 (about 430 B. C. ). 
 At present the earliest 
 extant specimens are 
 from the interior of a round building of the fourth cen- 
 tury near Epidaurus in Argolis (Fig. 72).* It was from 
 such a form as this that the luxuriant type of Corinthian 
 capital so much in favor with Roman architects and their 
 public was derived. On the other hand, the form shown 
 in Fig. 73, from a little building erected in 334 B. C. or 
 soon after, is a variant which seems to have left no lineal 
 successors. In its usual form the Corinthian capital has 
 a cylindrical core, which expands slightly toward the 
 top so as to become bell-shaped ; around the lower part 
 of this core are two rows of conventionalized acanthus 
 leaves, eight in each row ; from these rise eight princi- 
 pal stalks (each, in fully developed examples, wrapped 
 about its base with an acanthus leaf) which combine, 
 two and two, to form four volutes (helices), one under 
 
 * For some reason or other the particular capital shown in our illustration 
 was not used in the building, but it is of the same model as those actually 
 used, except that the edge of the abacus is not finished.
 
 IO4 
 
 A History of Greek Art. 
 
 each corner of the abacus, while smaller stalks, branch- 
 ing from the first, cover the rest of the upper part of the 
 core ; there is commonly a floral ornament on the middle 
 of each face at the top ; finally the abacus has, in plan, 
 the form of a square whose sides have been hollowed 
 out and whose corners have been truncated. In the 
 form shown in Fig. 73 we find, first, a row of sixteen 
 simple leaves, like those of a reed, with the points of a 
 second row showing between them ; then a single row 
 of eight acanthus leaves ; then the scroll-work, support- 
 ing a palmette on each side ; and finally an abacus 
 whose profile is made up of a trochilus and an ovolo. 
 This capital, 
 though extremely 
 elegant, is open to 
 the charge of ap- 
 pearing weak at its 
 middle. There is 
 a much less ornate 
 variety, also reck- 
 oned as C o r i n - 
 thian, which has no 
 scroll-work, but 
 only a row of 
 acanthus leaves 
 with a row of reed 
 leaves above them 
 
 around a bell- FIG. 73. CORINTHIAN CAPITAL FROM THE CHO- 
 RAGIC MONUMENT OF LYSICRATES. Athens. 
 
 shaped core, the 
 
 whole surmounted by a square abacus. In the Choragic 
 Monument of Lysicrates the cornice has dentels, and 
 this was always the case, so far as we know, where the 
 Corinthian capital was used. In Corinthian buildings 
 the anta, where met with, has a capital like that of the
 
 Greek Architecture. 105 
 
 column. But there is very little material to generalize 
 from until we descend to Roman times. 
 
 Some allusion has been made in the foregoing to 
 other types of columnar buildings besides the temple. 
 The principal ones of which remains exist are propylcea 
 and stoas. Propylsea is the Greek name for a form of 
 gateway, consisting essentially of a cross wall between 
 side walls, with a portico on each front. Such gateways 
 occur in many places as entrances to sacred precincts. 
 The finest example, and one of the noblest monuments 
 of Greek architecture, is that at the west end of the 
 Athenian Acropolis. The stoa may be defined as a 
 building having an open range of columns on at least 
 one side. Usually its length was much greater than its 
 depth. Stoas were often built in sacred precincts, as at 
 Olympia, and also for secular purposes along public 
 streets, as in Athens. These and other buildings into 
 which the column entered as an integral feature involved 
 no new architectural elements or principles. 
 
 One highly important fact about Greek architecture 
 has thus far been only touched upon ; that is, the 
 liberal use it made of color. The ruins of Greek temples 
 are to-day monochromatic, either glittering white, as is 
 the temple at Sunium, or of a golden brown, as are the 
 Parthenon and other buildings of Pentelic marble, or of 
 a still warmer brown, as are the limestone temples of 
 Paestum and Girgenti (Acragas). But this uniformity 
 of tint is due only to time. A "White City," such as 
 made the pride of Chicago in 1893, would have been 
 unimaginable to an ancient Greek. Even to-day the 
 attentive observer may sometimes see upon old Greek 
 buildings, as, for example, upon ceiling-beams of the 
 Parthenon, traces left by patterns from which the color 
 has vanished. In other instances remains of actual
 
 io6 A History of Greek Art. 
 
 color exist. So specks of blue paint may still be seen, 
 or might a few years ago, on blocks belonging to the 
 Athenian Propylaea. But our most abundant evidence 
 for the original use of color comes from architectural 
 fragments recently unearthed. During the excavation 
 of Olympia (1875-81) this matter of the coloring of 
 architecture was constantly in mind and a large body of 
 facts relating to it was accumulated. Every new and 
 important excavation adds to the store. At present our 
 information is much fuller in regard to the polychromy 
 of Doric than of Ionic buildings. It appears that, just 
 as the forms and proportions of a building and of all its 
 details were determined by precedent, yet not so abso- 
 lutely as to leave no scope for the exercise of individual 
 genius, so there was an established system in the color- 
 ing of a building, yet a system which varied somewhat 
 according to time and place and the taste of the archi- 
 tect. The frontispiece attempts to suggest what the 
 coloring of the Parthenon was like, and thus to illustrate 
 the general scheme of Doric polychromy. The colors 
 used were chiefly dark blue, sometimes almost black, 
 and red ; green and yellow also occur, and some details 
 were gilded. The coloration of the building was far 
 from total. Plain surfaces, as walls, were unpainted. 
 So too were the columns, including, probably, their 
 capitals, except between the annulets. Thus color was 
 confined to the upper members the triglyphs, the 
 under surface (soffit) of the cornice, the sima, the anta- 
 capitals (cf. Fig. 54), the ornamental details generally, 
 the coffers of the ceiling, and the backgrounds of sculp- 
 ture.* The triglyphs, regulae, and mutules were blue ; 
 the taenia of the architrave and the soffit of the cornice 
 
 * Our frontispiece gives the backgrounds of the metopes as plain, but this 
 is probably an error.
 
 Greek Architecture. 107 
 
 between the mutules with the adjacent narrow bands 
 were red ; the backgrounds of sculpture, either blue or 
 red ; the hawk's-beak molding, alternating blue and red ; 
 and so on. The principal uncertainty regards the treat- 
 ment of the unpainted members. Were these left of a 
 glittering white, or were they toned down, in the case of 
 marble buildings, by some application or other, so as to 
 contrast less glaringly with the painted portions ? The 
 latter supposition receives some confirmation from 
 Vitruvius, a Roman writer on architecture of the age of 
 Augustus, and seems to some modern writers to be 
 demanded by aesthetic considerations. On the other 
 hand, the evidence of the Olympia buildings points the 
 other way. Perhaps the actual practice varied. As for 
 the coloring of Ionic architecture, we know that the 
 capital of the column was painted, but otherwise our 
 information is very scanty. 
 
 If it be asked what led the Greeks to a use of color so 
 strange to us and, on first acquaintance, so little to our 
 taste, it may be answered that possibly the example of 
 their neighbors had something to do with it. The 
 architecture of Egypt, of Mesopotamia, of Persia, was 
 polychromatic. But probably the practice of the Greeks 
 was in the main an inheritance from the early days of 
 their own civilization. According to a well-supported 
 theory, the Doric temple of the historical period is a 
 translation into stone or marble of a primitive edifice 
 whose walls were of sun-dried bricks and whose columns 
 and entablature were of wood. Now it is natural and 
 'appropriate to paint wood ; and we may suppose that 
 the taste for a partially colored architecture was thus 
 formed. This theory does not indeed explain every- 
 thing. It does not, for example, explain why the 
 columns or the architrave should be uncolored. In
 
 io8 A History of Greek Art. 
 
 short, the Greek system of polychromy presents itself 
 to us as a largely arbitrary system. 
 
 More interesting than the question of origin is the 
 question of aesthetic effect. Was the Greek use of color 
 in good taste ? It is not easy to answer with a simple 
 yes or no. Many of the attempts to represent the facts 
 by restorations on paper have been crude and vulgar 
 enough. On the other hand, some experiments in 
 decorating modern buildings with color, in a fashion, 
 to be sure, much less liberal than that of ancient Greece, 
 have produced pleasing results. At present the ques- 
 tion is rather one of faith than of sight ; and most 
 students of the subject have faith to believe that the 
 appearance of a Greek temple in all its pomp of color 
 was not only sumptuous, but harmonious and appro- 
 priate. 
 
 When we compare the architecture of Greece with 
 that of other countries, we must be struck with the 
 remarkable degree in which the former adhered to 
 established usage, both in the general plan of a building 
 and in the forms and proportions of each feature. Some 
 measure of adherence to precedent is indeed implied in 
 the very existence of an architectural style. What is 
 meant is that the Greek measure was unusual, perhaps 
 unparalleled. Yet the following of established canons 
 was not pushed to a slavish extreme. A fine Greek 
 temple could not be built according to a hard and fast 
 rule. While the architect refrained from bold and law- 
 less innovations, he yet had scope to exercise his genius. 
 The differences between the Parthenon and any other 
 contemporary Doric temple would seem slight, when 
 regarded singly ; but the preeminent perfection of the 
 Parthenon lay in just those skilfully calculated differ- 
 ences.
 
 Greek Architecture. 109 
 
 A Greek columnar building is extremely simple in 
 form.* The outlines of an ordinary temple are those of 
 an oblong rectangular block surmounted by a triangular 
 roof. With a qualification to be explained presently, all 
 the lines of the building, except those of the roof, are 
 either horizontal or perpendicular. The most compli- 
 cated Greek columnar buildings known, the Erechtheum 
 and the Propylaea of the Athenian Acropolis, are sim- 
 plicity itself when compared to a Gothic cathedral, with 
 its irregular plan, its towers, its wheel windows, its mul- 
 titudinous diagonal lines. 
 
 The extreme simplicity which characterizes the gen- 
 eral form of a Greek building extends also to its sculp- 
 tured and painted ornaments. In the Doric style these 
 are very sparingly used ; and even the Ionic style, 
 though more luxuriant, seems reserved in comparison 
 with the wealth of ornamental detail in a Gothic cathe- 
 dral. Moreover, the Greek ornaments are simple in 
 character. Examine again the hawk's-beak, the egg- 
 and-dart, the leaf-and-dart, the astragal, the guilloche, 
 the honeysuckle, the meander or fret. These are 
 almost the only continuous patterns in use in Greek 
 architecture. Each consists of a small number of ele- 
 ments recurring in unvarying order ; a short section is 
 enough to give the entire pattern. Contrast this with 
 the string-course in the nave of the Cathedral of Amiens, 
 where the motive of the design undergoes constant 
 variation, no piece exactly duplicating its neighbor, or 
 with the intricate interlacing patterns of Arabic decora- 
 tion, and you will have a striking illustration of the 
 Greek love for the finite and comprehensible. 
 
 When it was said just now that the main lines of a 
 
 * The substance of this paragraph and the following is bo 
 Boutmy, " Philosophic de 1' Architecture en Grece" (Paris, 1870). 
 
 borrowed from
 
 no A History of Greek Art. 
 
 Greek temple are either horizontal or perpendicular, the 
 statement called for qualification. The elevations of the 
 most perfect of Doric buildings, the Parthenon, could 
 not be drawn with a ruler. Some of the apparently 
 straight lines are really curved. The stylobate is not 
 level, but convex, the rise of the curve amounting to 
 355 of the length of the building ; the architrave has 
 also a rising curve, but slighter than that of the stylo- 
 bate. Then again, many of the lines that would com- 
 monly be taken for vertical are in reality slightly in- 
 clined. The columns slope inward and so do the prin- 
 cipal surfaces of the building, while the anta-capitals 
 slope forward. These refinements, or some of them, 
 have been observed in several other buildings. They 
 are commonly regarded as designed to obviate certain 
 optical illusions supposed to arise in their absence. But 
 perhaps, as one writer has suggested, their principal 
 office was to save the building from an appearance of 
 mathematical rigidity, to give it something of the 
 semblance of a living thing. 
 
 Be that as it may, these manifold subtle curves and 
 sloping lines testify to the extraordinary nicety of 
 Greek workmanship. A column of the Parthenon, 
 with its inclination, its tapering, its entasis, and its 
 fluting, could not have been constructed without the 
 most conscientious skill. In fact, the capabilities of the 
 workmen kept pace with the demands of the architects. 
 No matter how delicate the adjustment to be made, the 
 task was perfectly achieved. And when it came to the 
 execution of ornamental details, these were wrought 
 with a free hand and, in the best period, with fine 
 artistic feeling. The wall-band of the Erechtheum is 
 one of the most exquisite things which Greece has left 
 us.
 
 Greek Architecture. 
 
 in 
 
 Simplicity in general form, harmony of proportion, 
 refinement of line these are the great features of Greek 
 columnar architecture. 
 
 .One other type of Greek building, into which the 
 column does not enter, or enters only in a very subor- 
 dinate way, remains to be mentioned the theater. 
 Theaters abounded in Greece. Every considerable city 
 and many a smaller place had at least one, and the 
 
 
 FIG. 74. THEATER. Epidaurus. 
 
 ruins of these structures rank with temples and walls of 
 fortification among the commonest classes of ruins in 
 Greek lands. .But in a sketch of Greek art they may be 
 rapidly dismissed. That part of the theater which was 
 occupied by spectators the auditorium, as we may call 
 it was commonly built into a natural slope, helped 
 out by means of artificial embankments and supporting 
 walls. There was no roof. The building, therefore, 
 had no exterior, or none to speak of. Such beauty
 
 112 A History of Greek Art. 
 
 as it possessed was due mainly to its proportions. The 
 theater at the sanctuary of Asclepius near Epidaurus, 
 the work of the same architect who built the round 
 building with the Corinthian columns referred to on page 
 103, was distinguished in ancient times for "harmony 
 and beauty," as the Greek traveler, Pausanias (about 
 165 A. D. ), puts it. It is fortunately one of the best 
 preserved. Fig. 74, a view taken from a considerable 
 distance, will give some idea of that quality which 
 Pausanias justly admired. Fronting the auditorium 
 was the stage building, of which little but foundations 
 remains anywhere. So far as can be ascertained, this 
 stage building had but small architectural pretensions 
 until the post-classical period (i. e., after Alexander). 
 But there was opportunity for elegance as well as con- 
 venience in the form given to the stone or marble seats 
 with which the auditorium was provided.
 
 CHAPTER IV. 
 
 GREEK SCULPTURE. GENERAL CONSIDERATIONS. 
 
 IN the Mycenaean period, as we have seen, the art of 
 sculpture had little existence, except for the making of 
 small images and the decoration of small objects. We 
 have now to take up the story of the rise of this art to 
 an independent and commanding position, of its per- 
 fection and its subsequent decline. The beginner must 
 not expect to find this story told with as much fulness 
 and certainty as is possible in dealing with the art of the 
 Renaissance or any more modern period. The impossi- 
 bility of equal fulness and certainty here will become 
 apparent when we consider what our materials for con- 
 structing a history of Greek sculpture are. 
 
 First, we have a quantity of notices, more or less rele- 
 vant, in ancient Greek and Roman authors, chiefly of 
 the time of the Roman Empire. These notices are of 
 the most miscellaneous description. They come from 
 writers of the most unlike tastes and the most unequal 
 degrees of trustworthiness. They are generally very 
 vague, leaving most that we want to know unsaid. And 
 they have such a haphazard character that, when taken 
 all together, they do not begin to cover the field. 
 Nothing like all the works of the greater sculptors, let 
 alone the lesser ones, are so much as mentioned by 
 name in extant ancient literature. 
 
 Secondly, we have several hundreds of original in- 
 scriptions belonging to Greek works of sculpture and 
 containing the names of the artists who made them. It 
 
 "3
 
 114 A History of Greek Art. 
 
 was a common practice, in the case especially of inde- 
 pendent statues in the round, for the sculptor to attach 
 his signature, generally to the pedestal. Unfortunately, 
 while great numbers of these inscribed pedestals have 
 been preserved for us, it is very rarely that we have the 
 statues which once belonged on them. Moreover, the 
 artists' names which we meet on the pedestals are in 
 a large proportion of cases names not even mentioned 
 by our literary sources. In fact, there is only one in- 
 disputable case where we possess both a statue and the 
 pedestal belonging to it, the latter inscribed with the 
 name of an artist known to us from literary tradition. 
 (See pages 212-3.) 
 
 Thirdly, we have the actual remains of Greek sculp- 
 ture, a constantly accumulating store, yet only an 
 insignificant remnant of what once existed. These 
 works have suffered sad disfigurement. Not one life- 
 sized figure has reached us absolutely intact ; but few 
 have escaped serious mutilation. Most of those found 
 before the beginning of this century, and some of those 
 found since, have been subjected to a process known as 
 " restoration." Missing parts have been supplied, often 
 in the most arbitrary and tasteless manner, and injured 
 surfaces, e. g., of faces, have been polished, with irrep- 
 arable damage as the result. 
 
 Again, it is important to recognize that the creations 
 of Greek sculpture which have been preserved to us are 
 partly original Greek works, partly copies executed in 
 Roman times from Greek originals. Originals, and 
 especially important originals, are scarce. The statues 
 of gold and ivory have left not a vestige behind. Those 
 of bronze, once numbered by thousands, went long ago, 
 with few exceptions, into the melting-pot. Even 
 sculptures in marble, though the material was less valu-
 
 Greek Sculpture. 115 
 
 able, have been thrown into the lime-kiln or used as 
 building stone or wantonly mutilated or ruined by neg- 
 lect. There does not exist to-day a single certified 
 original work by any one of the six greatest sculptors of 
 Greece, except the Hermes of Praxiteles (see page 221). 
 Copies are more plentiful. As nowadays many museums 
 and private houses have on their walls copies of paintings 
 by the " old masters," so, and far more usually, the pub- 
 lic and private buildings of imperial Rome and of many 
 of the cities under her sway were adorned with copies of 
 famous works by the sculptors of ancient Greece. Any 
 piece of sculpture might thus be multiplied indefinitely ; 
 and so it happens that we often possess several copies, 
 or even some dozens of copies, of one and the same orig- 
 inal. Most of the masterpieces of Greek sculpture which 
 are known to us at all are known only in this way. 
 
 The question therefore arises, How far are these 
 copies to be trusted ? It is impossible to answer in gen- 
 eral terms. The instances are vevy few where we 
 possess at once the original and a copy. The best case 
 of the kind is afforded by Fig. 75, compared with Fig. 
 132. Here the head, fore-arms, and feet of the copy 
 are modern and consequently do not enter into consider- 
 ation. Limiting one's attention to the antique parts of 
 the figure, one sees that it is a tolerably close, and yet a 
 hard and lifeless, imitation of the original. This gives us 
 some measure of the degree of fidelity we may expect in 
 favorable cases. Generally speaking, we have to form 
 our estimate of the faithfulness of a copy by the quality 
 of its workmanship and by a comparison of it with other 
 copies, where such exist. Often we find two or more 
 copies agreeing with one another as closely as possible. 
 This shows and the conclusion is confirmed by other 
 evidence that means existed in Roman times of repro-
 
 n6 
 
 A History of Greek Art. 
 
 ducing statues with the help of measurements mechan- 
 ically taken. At the same time, a comparison of copies 
 
 makes it apparent 
 that copyists, even 
 when aiming to be 
 exact in the main, 
 often treated details 
 and accessories with 
 a good deal of free- 
 dom. Of course, 
 too, the skill and 
 conscientiousness of 
 the copyists varied 
 enormously. Fi- 
 nally, 'besides 
 copies, we have to 
 reckon with varia- 
 tions and modern- 
 izations in every 
 degree of earlier 
 works. Under these 
 circumstances it will 
 easily be seen that 
 the task of recon- 
 structing a lost origi- 
 nal from extant 
 imitations is a very 
 delicate and perilous 
 one. Who could 
 adequately appreci- 
 ate the Sistine Ma- 
 
 FIG. 75. -COPY OF A CARYATID OF THE ERECH- donna, if the inimi- 
 table touch of 
 Raphael were known to us only at second-hand ?
 
 Greek Sculpture. 117 
 
 Any history of Greek sculpture attempts to piece to- 
 gether the several classes of evidence above described. 
 It classifies the actual remains, seeking to assign to each 
 piece its place and date of production and to infer from 
 direct examination and comparison the progress of 
 artistic methods and ideas. And this it does with con- 
 stant reference to what literature and inscriptions have 
 to tell us. But in the fragmentary state of our materials, 
 it is evident that the whole subject must be beset with 
 doubt. Great and steady progress has indeed been 
 made since Winckelmann, the founder of the science of 
 classical archaeology, produced the first "History of 
 Ancient Art" (published in 1763) ; but twilight still 
 reigns over many an important question. This general 
 warning should be borne in mind in reading this or any 
 other hand-book of the subject. 
 
 We may next take up the materials and the technical 
 processes of Greek sculpture. These may be classified 
 as follows : 
 
 (1) Wood. Wood was often, if not exclusively, used 
 for the earliest Greek temple-images, those rude xoana, 
 of which many survived into the historical period, to be 
 regarded with peculiar veneration. We even hear of 
 wooden statues made in the developed period of Greek 
 art. But this was certainly exceptional. Wood plays 
 no part worth mentioning in the fully developed sculp- 
 ture of Greece, except as it entered into the making of 
 gold and ivory statues or of the cheaper substitutes for 
 these. 
 
 (2) Stone and marble. Various uncrystallized lime- 
 stones were frequently used in the archaic period and 
 here and there even in the fifth century. But white 
 marble, in which Greece abounds, came also early into
 
 n8 A History of Greek Art. 
 
 use, and its immense superiority to limestone for 
 statuary purposes led to the abandonment of the latter. 
 The choicest varieties of marble were the Parian and 
 Pentelic (cf. page 77). Both of these were exported to 
 every part of the Greek world. 
 
 A Greek marble statue or group is often not made 
 of a single piece. Thus the Aphrodite of Melos (page 
 249) was made of two principal pieces, the junction 
 coming just above the drapery, while several smaller 
 parts, including the left arm, were made separately and 
 attached. The Laocoon group (page 265), which Pliny 
 expressly alleges to have been made of a single block, 
 is in reality made of six. Often the head was made 
 separately from the body, sometimes of a finer quality 
 of marble, and then inserted into a socket prepared for 
 it in the neck of the figure. And very often, when the 
 statue was mainly of a single block, small pieces were 
 attached, sometimes in considerable numbers. Of 
 course the joining was done with extreme nicety, and 
 would have escaped ordinary observation. 
 
 In the production of a modern piece of marble sculp- 
 ture, the artist first makes a clay model and then a mere 
 workman produces from this a marble copy. In the 
 best period of Greek art, on the other hand, there 
 seems to have been no mechanical copying of finished 
 models. Preliminary drawings or even clay models, 
 perhaps small, there must often have been to guide the 
 eye ; but the sculptor, instead of copying with the help 
 of exact measurements, struck out freely, as genius and 
 training inspired him. If he made a mistake, the result 
 was not fatal, for he could repair his error by attaching a 
 fresh piece of marble. Yet even so, the ability to work 
 in this way implies marvelous precision of eye and hand. 
 To this ability and this method we may ascribe some-
 
 Greek Sculpture. 119 
 
 thing of the freedom, the vitality, and the impulsiveness 
 of Greek marble sculpture qualities which the mechani- 
 cal method of production tends to destroy. Observe 
 too that, while pediment-groups, metopes, friezes, and 
 reliefs upon pedestals would often be executed by sub- 
 ordinates following the design of the principal artist, 
 any important single statue or group in marble was in 
 all probability chiseled by the very hand of the master. 
 
 Another fact of importance, a fact which few are able 
 to keep constantly enough in their thoughts, is that 
 Greek marble sculpture was always more or less painted. 
 This is proved both by statements in ancient authors and 
 by the fuller and more explicit evidence of numberless 
 actual remains. (See especially pages 148, 247.) From 
 these sources we learn that eyes, eyebrows, hair, and 
 perhaps lips were regularly painted, and that draperies 
 and other accessories were often painted in whole or in 
 part. As regards the treatment of flesh the evidence is 
 conflicting. Some instances are reported where the 
 flesh of men was colored a reddish brown, as in the 
 sculpture of Egypt. But the evidence seems to me to 
 warrant the inference that this was unusual in marble 
 sculpture. On the ' ' Alexander ' ' sarcophagus the 
 nude flesh has been by some process toned down to an 
 ivory tint, and this treatment may have been the rule, 
 although most sculptures which retain remains of color 
 show no trace of this. Observe that wherever color was 
 applied, it was laid on in ' ' flat ' ' tints, i. e. , not graded 
 or shaded. , 
 
 This polychromatic character of Greek marble sculp- 
 ture is at variance with what we moderns have been 
 accustomed to since the Renaissance. By practice and 
 theory we have been taught that sculpture and painting 
 are entirely distinct arts. And in the austere renuncia-
 
 I2O A History of Greek Art. 
 
 tion by .sculpture of all color there has even been seen 
 a special distinction, a claim to precedence in the 
 hierarchy of the arts. The Greeks had no such idea. 
 The sculpture of the older nations about them was poly- 
 chromatic ; their own early sculpture in wood and coarse 
 stone was almost necessarily so ; their architecture, with 
 which sculpture was often associated, was so likewise. 
 The coloring of marble sculpture, then, was a natural 
 result of the influences by which that sculpture was 
 molded. And, of course, the Greek eye took pleasure 
 in the combination of form and color, and presumably 
 would have found pure white figures like ours dull and 
 cold. We are better circumstanced for judging Greek 
 taste in this matter than in the matter of colored archi- 
 tecture, for we possess Greek sculptures which have kept 
 their coloring almost intact. A sight of the ' ' Alex- 
 ander ' ' sarcophagus, if it does not revolutionize our own 
 taste, will at least dispel any fear that a Greek artist was 
 capable of outraging beautiful form by a vulgarizing 
 addition. 
 
 (3) Bronze. This material (an alloy of copper with 
 tin and sometimes lead), always more expensive than 
 marble, was the favorite material of some of the most 
 eminent sculptors (Myron, Polyclitus, Lysippus) and 
 for certain purposes was always preferred. The art of 
 casting small, solid bronze images goes far back into the 
 prehistoric period in Greece. At an early date, too (we 
 cannot say how early), large bronze statues could be 
 made of a number of separate pieces, shaped by the 
 hammer and riveted together. Such a work was seen 
 at Sparta by the traveler Pausanias, and was regarded 
 by him as the most ancient existing statue in bronze. A 
 great impulse must have been given to bronze sculpture 
 by the introduction of the process of hollow-casting.
 
 Greek Sculpture. 121 
 
 Pausanias repeatedly attributes the invention of this 
 process to Rhoecus and Theodoras, two Samian artists, 
 who flourished apparently early in the sixth century. 
 This may be substantially correct, but the process is 
 much more likely to have been borrowed from Egypt 
 than invented independently. 
 
 In producing a bronze statue it is necessary first to 
 make an exact clay model. This done, the usual Greek 
 practice seems to have been to dismember the model and 
 take a casting of each part separately. The several 
 bronze pieces were then carefully united by rivets or 
 solder, and small defects were repaired by the insertion 
 of quadrangular patches of bronze. The eye-sockets 
 were always left hollow in the casting, and eyeballs of 
 glass, metal, or other materials, imitating cornea and 
 iris, were inserted.* Finally, the whole was gone over 
 with appropriate tools, the hair, for example, being fur- 
 rowed with a sharp graver and thus receiving a peculiar, 
 metallic definiteness of texture. 
 
 A hollow bronze statue being much lighter than one 
 in marble and much less brittle, a sculptor could be 
 much bolder in posing a figure of the former material 
 than one of the latter. Hence when a Greek bronze 
 statue was copied in marble in Roman times, a disfigur- 
 ing support, not present in the original, had often to be 
 added (cf. Figs. 101, 104, etc.). The existence of such 
 a support in a marble work is, then, one reason among 
 others for assuming a bronze original. Other indica- 
 tions pointing the same way are afforded by a peculiar 
 sharpness of edge, e.g. , of the eyelids and the eyebrows, 
 and by the metallic treatment of the hair. These points 
 are well illustrated by Fig. 76. Notice especially the 
 curls, which in the original would have been made of 
 
 * Marble statues also sometimes had inserted eyes.
 
 122 
 
 A History of Greek Art. 
 
 separate strips of bronze, twisted and attached after the 
 
 casting of the figure. 
 
 Bronze reliefs were not cast, but produced by 
 
 hammering. This is what is called repousse work. 
 
 These bronze reliefs were of small size, and were 
 
 used for ornamenting helmets, cuirasses, mirrors, and 
 
 so on. 
 
 (4) Gold and ivory. Chryselephantine statues, i.e., 
 
 statues of gold and ivory, must, from the costliness of 
 
 the materials, have 
 been always com- 
 paratively rare. 
 Most of them, 
 though not all, were 
 temple -images, and 
 the most famous 
 ones were of colossal 
 size. We are very 
 imperfectly in- 
 formed as to how 
 these figures were 
 made. The colossal 
 ones contained a 
 strong framework 
 of timbers and metal 
 bars, over which was 
 built a figure of 
 wood. To this the 
 gold and ivory were 
 
 attarVipH ivnrv be- 
 auacn eu > ivory I 
 
 m g use( J for flesh 
 
 The gold on the Athena 
 
 FIG. 76. HEAD OF THE FARNESE ATHENA. 
 Naples. (From Furtwangler, " Meisterwerke 
 der griechischen Plastik," Fig. 16.) 
 
 and gold for all other parts. 
 
 of the Parthenon (cf. page 186) weighed a good deal 
 
 over a ton. But costly as these works were, the ad-
 
 Greek Sculpture. 123 
 
 miration felt for them seems to have been untainted by 
 any thought of that fact. 
 
 (5) Terra-cotta. This was used at all periods for 
 small figures, a few inches high, immense numbers of 
 which have been preserved to us. But large terra-cotta 
 figures, such as were common in Etruria, were probably 
 quite exceptional in Greece. 
 
 Greek sculpture may be classified, according to the 
 purposes which it served, under the following heads : 
 
 1 i ) Architectural sculpture. A temple could hardly 
 be considered complete unless it was adorned with more 
 or less of sculpture. The chief place for such sculpture 
 was in the pediments and especially in the principal or 
 eastern pediment. Relief-sculpture might be applied to 
 Doric metopes or an Ionic frieze. And finally, single 
 statues or groups might be placed, as acroteria, upon 
 the apex and lower corners of a pediment. Other sacred 
 buildings besides temples might be similarly adorned. 
 But we hear very little of sculpture on secular buildings. 
 
 (2) Cult-images. As a rule, every temple or shrine 
 contained at least one statue of the divinity, or of each 
 divinity, worshiped there. 
 
 (3) Votive sculptures. It was the habit of the Greeks 
 to present to their divinities all sorts of objects in recog- 
 nition of past favors or in hope of favors to come. 
 Among these votive objects or anathemata works of 
 sculpture occupied a large and important place. 
 The subjects of such sculptures were various. Statues of 
 the god or goddess to whom the dedication was made 
 were common ; but perhaps still commoner were figures 
 representing human persons, either the dedicators them- 
 selves or others in whom they were nearly interested. 
 Under this latter head fall most of the many statues of
 
 124 "4 History of Greek Art. 
 
 victors in the athletic games. These were set up in 
 temple precincts, like that of Zeus at Olympia, that of 
 Apollo at Delphi, or that of Athena on the Acropolis of 
 Athens, and were, in theory at least, intended rather as 
 thank-offerings than as means of glorifying the victors 
 themselves. 
 
 (4) Sepulchral sculpture. Sculptured grave monu- 
 ments were common in Greece at least as early as the 
 sixth century. The most usual monument was a slab of 
 marble the form varying according to place and time 
 sculptured with an idealized representation in relief of 
 the deceased person, often with members of his family. 
 
 (5) Honorary statues. Statues representing dis- 
 tinguished men, contemporary or otherwise, could be 
 set up by state authority in secular places or in sanctu- 
 aries. The earliest known case of this kind is that of 
 Harmodius and Aristogiton, shortly after 510 B. C. (cf. 
 pages 160-4). The practice gradually became common, 
 reaching an extravagant development in the period after 
 Alexander. 
 
 (6) Sculpture used merely as ornament, and having 
 no sacred or public character. This class belongs 
 mainly, if not wholly, to the latest period of Greek art. 
 It would be going beyond our evidence to say that 
 never, in the great age of Greek sculpture, was a statue 
 or a relief produced merely as an ornament for a private 
 house or the interior of a secular building. But certain 
 it is that the demand for such things before the time of 
 Alexander, if it existed at all, was inconsiderable. It 
 may be neglected in a broad survey of the conditions of 
 artistic production in the great age. 
 
 The foregoing list, while not quite exhaustive, is suf- 
 ficiently so for present purposes. It will be seen how 
 inspiring and elevating was the role assigned to the
 
 Greek Sculpture. 125 
 
 sculptor in Greece. His work, destined to be seen by 
 intelligent and sympathetic multitudes, appealed, not to 
 the coarser elements of their nature, but to the most 
 serious and exalted. Hence Greek sculpture of the best 
 period is always pure and noble. The grosser aspects 
 of Greek life, which flaunt themselves shamelessly in 
 Attic comedy, as in some of the designs upon Attic 
 vases, do not invade the province of this art. 
 
 It may be proper here to say a word in explanation of 
 that frank and innocent nudity which is so characteristic 
 a trait of the best Greek art. The Greek admiration for 
 the masculine body and the willingness to display it were 
 closely bound up with the extraordinary importance in 
 Greece of gymnastic exercises and contests and with the 
 habits which these engendered. As early as the seventh 
 century, if not earlier, the competitors in the foot-race 
 at Olympia dispensed with the loin-cloth, which had pre- 
 viously been the sole covering worn. In other Olympic 
 contests the example thus set was not followed till some 
 time later, but in the gymnastic exercises of every-day 
 life the same custom must have early prevailed. Thus 
 in contrast to primitive Greek feeling and to the feeling 
 of ' ' barbarians ' ' generally, the exhibition by men among 
 men of the naked body came to be regarded as some- 
 thing altogether honorable. There could not be better 
 evidence of this than the fact that the archer-god, 
 Apollo, the purest god in the Greek pantheon, does not 
 deign in Greek art to veil the glory of his form. 
 
 Greek sculpture had a strongly idealizing bent. Gods 
 and goddesses were conceived in the likeness of human 
 beings, but human beings freed from every blemish, 
 made august and beautiful by the artistic imagination. 
 The subjects of architectural sculpture were mainly 
 mythological, historical scenes being very rare in purely
 
 126 A History of Greek Art. 
 
 Greek work ; and these legendary themes offered little 
 temptation to a literal copying of every-day life. But 
 what is most noteworthy is that even in the representa- 
 tion of actual human persons, <?. g., in athlete statues 
 and upon grave monuments, Greek sculpture in the 
 best period seems not to have even aimed at exact 
 portraiture. The development of realistic portraiture 
 belongs mainly to the age of Alexander and his succes- 
 sors. 
 
 Mr. Ruskin goes so far as to say that a Greek ' ' never 
 expresses personal character," and "never expresses 
 momentary passion."* These are reckless verdicts, 
 needing much qualification. For the art of the fourth 
 century they will not do at all, much less for the later 
 period. But they may be of use if they lead us to note 
 the preference for the typical and permanent with which 
 Greek sculpture begins, and the very gradual way in 
 which it progresses toward the expression of the indi- 
 vidual and transient. However, even in the best 
 period the most that we have any right to speak of is a 
 prevailing tendency. Greek art was at all times very 
 much alive, and the student must be prepared to find 
 exceptions to any formula that can be laid down. 
 
 * " Aratra Pentelici," Lecture VI., \\ 191, 193.
 
 CHAPTER V. 
 
 THE ARCHAIC PERIOD OF GREEK SCULPTURE. 
 FIRST HALF : 625(?)~55O B. C. 
 
 THE date above suggested for the beginning of the 
 period with which we have first to deal must not be re- 
 garded as making any pretense to exactitude. We have 
 no means of assigning a definite date to any of the most 
 primitive-looking pieces of Greek sculpture. All that 
 can be said is that works which can be confidently dated 
 about the middle of the sixth century show such a degree 
 of advancement as implies more than half a century of 
 development since the first rude beginnings. 
 
 Tradition and the more copious evidence of actual 
 remains teach us that these early attempts at sculpture 
 in stone or marble were not confined to any one spot or 
 narrow region. On the contrary, the centers of artistic 
 activity were numerous and widely diffused the islands 
 of Crete, Paros, and Naxos ; the Ionic cities of Asia 
 Minor and the adjacent islands of Chios and Samos ; in 
 Greece proper, Bceotia, Attica, Argolis, Arcadia, 
 Laconia ; in Sicily, the Greek colony Selinus ; and 
 doubtless many others. It is very difficult to make out 
 how far these different spots were independent of one 
 another ; how far, in other words, we have a right to 
 speak of local ' ' schools ' ' of sculpture. Certainly there 
 was from the first a good deal of action and reaction be- 
 tween some of these places, and one chief problem of the 
 subject is to discover the really originative centers of 
 artistic impulse, and to trace the spread of artistic types 
 
 127
 
 128 
 
 A History of Greek Art. 
 
 and styles and methods 
 from place to place. In- 
 stead of attempting here 
 to discuss or decide this 
 difficult question, it will 
 be better simply to pass 
 in review a few typical 
 works of the early 
 archaic period from 
 various sites. 
 
 The first place may be 
 given to a marble image 
 (Fig. 77) found in 1878 
 on the island of Delos, 
 that ancient center of 
 Apolline worship for the 
 lonians. On the left 
 side of the figure is en- 
 graved in early Greek 
 characters a metrical in- 
 scription, recording that 
 the statue was dedicated 
 to Artemis by one 
 Nicandra of Naxos. 
 Whether it was in- 
 tended to represent the 
 goddess Artemis or the 
 woman Nicandra, we 
 cannot tell ; nor is the 
 question of much im- 
 portance to us. We 
 have here an extremely 
 
 FIG. ^.-ARCHAIC FEMALE FIGURE PROM rude attempt to repre- 
 DELOS. Athens, National Museum. sent a draped female
 
 The Archaic Period of Greek Sculpture. 129 
 
 form. The figure stands stiffly erect, the feet close 
 together, the arms hanging straight down, the face 
 looking directly forward. The garment envelops the 
 body like a close-fitting sheath, without a suggestion of 
 folds. The trunk of the body is flat or nearly so at the 
 back, while in front the prominence of the breasts is 
 suggested by the simple device of two planes, an upper 
 and a lower, meeting at an angle. The shapeless arms 
 were not detached from the sides, except just at the 
 waist. Below the girdle the body is bounded by parallel 
 planes in front and behind and is rounded off at the 
 sides. A short projection at the bottom, slightly 
 rounded and partly divided, does duty for the feet. The 
 features of the face are too much battered to be com- 
 mented upon. The most of the hair falls in a rough mass 
 upon the back, but on either side a bunch, divided. by 
 grooves into four locks, detaches itself and is brought 
 forward upon the breast. This primitive image is not an 
 isolated specimen of its type. Several similar figures or 
 fragments of figures have been found on the island of 
 Delos, in Bceotia, and elsewhere. A small statuette of 
 this type, found at Olympia, but probably produced at 
 Sparta, has its ugly face tolerably preserved. 
 
 Another series of figures, much more numerously rep- 
 resented, gives us the corresponding type of male figure. 
 One of the earliest examples of this series is shown in 
 Fig. 78, a life-sized statue of Naxian marble,, found on 
 the island of Thera in 1836. The figure is completely 
 nude. The attitude is like that of the female type just 
 described, except that the left foot is advanced. Other 
 statues, agreeing with this one in attitude, but showing 
 various stages of development, have been found in many 
 places, from Samos on the east to Actium on the west. 
 Several features of this class of figures have been thought
 
 130 
 
 A History of Greek Art. 
 
 to betray Egyptian influence.* 
 
 The rigid position 
 might be adopted 
 independently by 
 primitive sculpture 
 anywhere. But the 
 fact that the left leg 
 is invariably ad- 
 vanced, the narrow- 
 ness of the hips, and 
 the too high po- 
 sition freq u e n 1 1 y 
 given to the ears 
 did this group of 
 coincidences with 
 the ste reotyped 
 Egyptian standing 
 figures come about 
 without imitation ? 
 There is no histor- 
 ical difficulty in the 
 way of assuming 
 Egyptian influence, 
 for as early as the 
 seventh century 
 Greeks certainly 
 visited Egypt and it 
 was perhaps in this 
 century that the 
 Greek colony of 
 Nau crat is was 
 founded in the delta 
 Here was a chance for Greeks to see 
 
 FIG. 78. "APOLLO " OF THERA. Athens, 
 National Museum. 
 
 of the Nile. 
 
 * See Wolters's edition of Friederichs's " Gipsabgiisse antiker Bildwerke," 
 pages n, 12.
 
 The Archaic Period of Greek Sculpture. 131 
 
 Egyptian statues ; and besides, Egyptian statuettes may 
 have reached Greek shores in the way of commerce. 
 But be the truth about this question what it may, the 
 early Greek sculptors were as far as possible from 
 slavishly imitating a fixed prototype. They used their 
 own eyes and strove, each in his own way, to render 
 what they saw. This is evident, when the different ex- 
 amples of the class of figures now under discussion are 
 passed in review. 
 
 Our figure from Thera is hardly more than a first at- 
 tempt. There is very little of anatomical detail, and 
 what there is is not correct ; especially the form and the 
 muscles of the abdomen are not understood. The 
 head presents a number of characteristics which were 
 destined long to persist in Greek sculpture. Such are 
 the protuberant eyeballs, the prominent cheek-bones, 
 the square, protruding chin. Such, too, is the forma- 
 tion of the mouth, with its slightly upturned corners a 
 feature almost, though not quite, universal in Greek 
 faces for more than a century. This is the sculptor's 
 childlike way of imparting a look of cheerfulness to the 
 countenance, and with it often goes an upward slant of 
 the eyes from the inner to the outer corners. In repre- 
 senting this youth as wearing long hair, the sculptor fol- 
 lowed the actual fashion of the times, a fashion not 
 abandoned till the fifth century and in Sparta not till 
 later. The appearance of the hair over the forehead 
 and temples should be noticed. It is arranged sym- 
 metrically in flat spiral curls, five curls on each side. 
 Symmetry in the disposition of the front hair is constant 
 in early Greek sculpture, and some scheme or other of 
 spiral curls is extremely common. 
 
 It was at one time thought that these nude standing 
 figures all represented Apollo. It is now certain that
 
 132 
 
 A History of Greek Art. 
 
 Apollo was sometimes intended, but equally certain that 
 the same type was used for men. Greek sculpture had 
 not yet learned to differentiate divine from human 
 
 beings. 
 
 The so-called "Apollo" of 
 Tenea (Fig. 79), probably 
 in reality a grave-statue 
 representing the deceased, 
 was found on the site of the 
 ancient Tenea, a village in 
 the territory of Corinth. It 
 is unusually well preserved, 
 there being nothing missing 
 except the middle portion 
 of the right arm, which has 
 been restored. This figure 
 shows great improvement 
 over his fellow from Thera. 
 The rigid attitude, to be sure, 
 is preserved unchanged, 
 save for a slight bending of 
 the arms at the elbows ; and 
 we meet again the promi- 
 nent eyes, cheek-bones, and 
 chin, and the smiling mouth. 
 But the arms are much more 
 detached from the sides and 
 the modeling of the figure 
 generally is much more de- 
 tailed. There are still faults in plenty, but some parts 
 are rendered very well, particularly the lower legs and 
 feet, and the figure seems alive. The position of the 
 feet, flat upon the ground and parallel to one another, 
 shows us how to complete in imagination the "Apollo" 
 
 FIG. 79. "APOLLO" OF TENEA. 
 Munich.
 
 The Archaic Period of Greek Sculpture. 133 
 
 of Thera and other mutilated members of the series. 
 Greek sculpture even in its earliest period could not 
 limit itself to single standing figures. The desire to 
 adorn the pediments of temples and temple-like build- 
 ings gave rise to more complex compositions. The 
 earliest pediment-sculptures known were found on the 
 Acropolis of Athens in the excavations of 1885-90 (see 
 page 147). The most primitive of these is a low relief 
 
 FIG. 80. ARCHAIC PEDIMENT-FIGURES. Athens, Acropolis Museum. 
 
 of soft poros (see page 78), representing Heracles 
 slaying the many-headed hydra. Somewhat later, but 
 still very rude, is the group shown in Fig. 80, 
 which once occupied the right-hand half of a pediment. 
 The material here is a harder sort of poros, and the 
 figures are practically in the round, though on account 
 of the connection with the background the work has 
 to be classed as high relief. We see a triple mon- 
 ster, or rather three monsters, with human heads and 
 trunks and arms the human bodies passing into long
 
 134 
 
 A History of Greek Art. 
 
 snaky bodies coiled together. A single pair of wings 
 was divided between the two outermost of the three 
 beings, while snakes' heads, growing out of the human 
 
 bodies, rendered the 
 aspect of the group 
 still more porten- 
 tous. The center 
 of the pediment was 
 probably occupied 
 by a figure of Zeus, 
 hurling his thunder- 
 bolt at this strange 
 enemy. We have 
 therefore here a 
 scene from one of 
 the favorite subjects 
 of Greek art at all 
 periods the gigan- 
 tomacky, or battle 
 of gods and giants. 
 Fig. 8 1 gives a bet- 
 ter idea of the near- 
 est of the three 
 heads.* It was 
 completely covered with a crust of paint, still pretty well 
 preserved. The flesh was red ; the hair, moustache, 
 and beard, blue ; the irises of the eyes, green ; the eye- 
 brows, edges of the eyelids, and pupils, black. A con- 
 siderable quantity of early poros sculptures was found 
 on the Athenian Acropolis. These were all liberally 
 painted. The poor quality of the material was thus 
 largely or wholly concealed. 
 
 FIG. 81. HEAD BELONGING TO AN ARCHAIC 
 PEDIMENT-GROUP. Athens, Acro- 
 polis Museum. 
 
 * It is doubtful whether this head belongs where it is placed in Fig. 80, or in 
 another pediment-group, of which fragments have been found.
 
 The Archaic Period of Greek Sculpture, 135 
 
 Fig. 82 shows another Athenian work, found on the 
 Acropolis in 1864-65. It is of marble and is obviously 
 of later date than the poros sculptures. In 1887 the 
 pedestal of this 
 statue was found, 
 with a part of the 
 right foot. An 
 inscription on 
 the pedestal 
 shows that the 
 statue was dedi- 
 cated to some 
 divinity, doubt- 
 less Athena, 
 whose precinct 
 the Acropolis 
 was. The figure 
 then probably 
 represents the 
 dedicator, bring- 
 ing a calf for 
 sacrifice. The 
 position of the 
 body and legs is 
 here the* same as 
 in the "Apollo" 
 figures, but the 
 subject has com- 
 pelled the sculp- 
 tor to vary the 
 position of the 
 arms. Another difference from the "Apollo" figures 
 lies in the fact that this statue is not wholly naked. 
 The garment, however, is hard to make out, for it clings 
 
 FIG. 82. MALE FIGURE CARRYING A CALF. 
 Athens, Acropolis Museum.
 
 136 
 
 A History of Greek Art. 
 
 closely to the person of the wearer and betrays its exist- 
 ence only along the edges. The sculptor had not yet 
 learned to represent the folds of drapery. 
 
 The British Museum possesses a series of ten seated 
 figures of Parian marble, which were once ranged along 
 the approach to an important temple of Apollo near Mi- 
 letus. Fig. 83 shows three of these. They are placed 
 in their assumed chronological order, the earliest 
 furthest off. Only the first two belong in the period 
 now under review. The figures are heavy and lumpish, 
 and are enveloped, men and women alike, in draperies, 
 which leave only the heads, the fore-arms, and the toes 
 
 FIG. 83. SEATED FIGURES FROM MILETUS. London, British Museum. 
 (From Overbeck, "Geschichte der griechischen Plastik," Vol. I., Fig. 8.) 
 
 exposed. It is interesting to see the successive sculptors 
 attacking the problem of rendering the folds of loose 
 garments. Not until we reach the latest of the three 
 statues do we find any depth given to the folds ; and
 
 The Archaic Period of Greek Sculpture. 137 
 
 that figure belongs distinctly in the latter half of the 
 archaic period. 
 
 FIG. 84. METOPE FROM SELINUS. Palermo. 
 
 Transporting ourselves now from the eastern to the 
 western confines of Greek civilization, we may take a
 
 138 A History of Greek Art. 
 
 look at a sculptured metope from Selinus in Sicily (Fig. 
 84). That city was founded, according to our best 
 ancient authority, about the year 629 B.C., and the 
 temple from which our metope is taken is certainly one 
 of the oldest, if not the oldest, of the many temples of 
 the place. The material of the metope, as of the whole 
 temple, is a local poros, and the work is executed in 
 high relief. The subject is Perseus cutting off the head 
 of Medusa. The Gorgon is trying to run away the 
 position given to her legs is used in early Greek sculp- 
 ture and vase-painting to signify rapid motion but is 
 overtaken by her pursuer. From the blood of Medusa 
 sprang, according to the legend, the winged horse, 
 Pegasus ; and the artist, wishing to tell as much of 
 the story as possible, has introduced Pegasus into his 
 composition, but has been forced to reduce him to mini- 
 ature size. The goddess Athena, the protectress of 
 Perseus, occupies what remains of the field. There is 
 no need of dwelling in words on the ugliness of this 
 relief, an ugliness only in part accounted for by the 
 subject. The student should note that the body of each 
 of the three figures is seen from the front, while the legs 
 are in profile. The same distortion occurs in a second 
 metope of this same temple, representing Heracles carry- 
 ing off two prankish dwarfs who had tried to annoy 
 him, and is in fact common in early Greek work. We 
 have met something similar in Egyptian reliefs and 
 paintings (cf. page 33), but this method of representing 
 the human form is so natural to primitive art that we 
 need not here assume Egyptian influence. The gar- 
 ments of Perseus and Athena show so much progress in 
 the representation of folds that one scruples to put this 
 temple back into the seventh century, as some would 
 have us do. Like the floras sculptures of Attica, these
 
 The Archaic Period of Greek Sculpture, 139 
 
 Selinus metopes seem to have been covered with color. 
 Fig. 85 takes us back again to the island of Delos, 
 where the statue came to light in 1877. It is of Parian 
 marble, and is considerably less than life-sized. A 
 female figure is here 
 represented, the 
 body unnaturally 
 twisted at the hips, 
 as in the Selinus 
 metopes, the legs 
 bent in the attitude 
 of rapid motion. At 
 the back there were 
 wings, of which only 
 the stumps now re- 
 main. A compari- 
 son of this statue 
 with similar figures 
 from the Athenian 
 Acropolis has shown 
 that the feet did not 
 touch the pedestal, 
 the drapery serving 
 as a support. The 
 intention of the 
 artist, then, was to 
 represent a flying 
 figure, probably a 
 Victory. The god- 
 
 FIG. 85. ARCHAIC VICTORY (?), FROM DELOS. 
 Athens, National Museum. 
 
 dess is dressed in a 
 
 chiton (shift), which 
 
 shows no trace of folds above the girdle, while below 
 
 the girdle, between the legs, there is a series of flat, 
 
 shallow ridges. The face shows the usual archaic fea-
 
 140 A History of Greek Art. 
 
 tures the prominent eyeballs, cheeks, and chin, and 
 the smiling mouth. The hair is represented as fastened 
 by a sort of hoop, into which metallic ornaments, now 
 lost, were inserted. As usual, the main mass of the hair 
 falls straight behind, and several locks, the same num- 
 ber on each side, are brought forward upon the breast. 
 As usual, too, the front hair is disposed symmetrically ; 
 in this case, a smaller and a larger flat curl on each side 
 of the middle of the forehead are succeeded by a contin- 
 uous tress of hair arranged in five scallops. 
 
 If, as has been generally thought, this statue belongs 
 on an inscribed pedestal which was found near it, then 
 we have before us the work of one Archermus of Chios, 
 known to us from literary tradition as the first sculptor 
 to represent Victory with wings. At all events, this, if a 
 Victory, is the earliest that we know. She awakens our 
 interest, less for what she is in herself than because she 
 is the forerunner of the magnificent Victories of de- 
 veloped Greek art. 
 
 Thus far we have not met a single work to which it is 
 possible to assign a precise date. We have now the 
 satisfaction of finding a chronological landmark in our 
 path. This is afforded by some fragments of sculpture 
 belonging to the old Temple of Artemis at Ephesus. 
 The date of this temple is approximately fixed by the 
 statement of Herodotus (I., 92) that most of its 
 columns were presented by Crcesus, king of Lydia, 
 whose reign lasted from 560 to 546 B. C. In the 
 course of the excavations carried on for the British 
 Museum upon the site of Ephesus there were brought 
 to light, in 1872 and 1874, a few fragments of this sixth 
 century edifice. Even some letters of Croesus's dedica- 
 tory inscription have been found on the bases of the 
 Ionic columns, affording a welcome confirmation to the
 
 The Archaic Period of Greek Sculpture. 141 
 
 testimony of Herodotus. It appears that the columns, 
 or some of them, were treated in a very exceptional 
 fashion, the low- 
 est drums being 
 adorned with re- 
 lief-sculpture. 
 The British Mu- 
 seum authorities 
 have partially re- 
 stored one such 
 drum (Fig. 86), 
 though without 
 guaranteeing 
 that the pieces of 
 sculpture here 
 combined act- 
 ually belong to 
 the same column. 
 The male figure 
 is not very pre- 
 possessing, but 
 that is partly due 
 to the battered 
 condition of the 
 face. Much more 
 attractive is the 
 female head, of 
 which unfortu- 
 nately only the 
 back is seen in 
 
 Our illustration. FIG. 86. LOWER PART OF ARCHAIC SCULPTURED COL- 
 j , UMN FROM EPHESUS. London, British Museum. 
 
 it Dears a Strong (From Overbeck, " Geschichte der griechischen 
 
 family likeness to Plastik -" VoK L - Fig - 9>) 
 
 the head of the Victory of Delos, but shows marked im-
 
 142 A History of Greek Art. 
 
 provement over that. Some bits of a sculptured cornice 
 belonging to the same temple are also refined in style. 
 In this group of reliefs, fragmentary though they are, 
 we have an indication of the development attained by 
 Ionic sculptors about the middle of the sixth century. 
 For, of course, though Croesus paid for the columns, 
 the work was executed by Greek artists upon the spot, 
 and presumably by the best artists that could be secured. 
 We may therefore use these sculptures as a standard by 
 which to date other works, whose date is not fixed for 
 us by external evidence.
 
 CHAPTER VI. 
 
 THE ARCHAIC PERIOD OF GREEK SCULPTURE. 
 SECOND HALF : 550-480 B. C. 
 
 GREEK sculpture now enters upon a stage of develop- 
 ment which possesses for the modern student a singular 
 and potent charm. True, many traces still remain of 
 the sculptor's imperfect mastery. He cannot pose his 
 figures in perfectly easy attitudes, not even in reliefs, 
 where the problem is easier than in sculpture in the 
 round. His knowledge of human anatomy that is to 
 say, of the outward appearance of the human body, 
 which is all the artistic anatomy that any one attempted 
 to know during the rise and the great age of Greek 
 sculpture is still defective, and his means of expression 
 are still imperfect. For example, in the nude male 
 figure the hips continue to be too narrow for the 
 shoulders, and the abdomen too flat. The facial peculi- 
 arities mentioned in the preceding chapter prominent 
 eyeballs, cheeks, and chin, and smiling mouth are 
 only very gradually modified. As from the first, the 
 upper eyelid does not overlap the lower eyelid at the 
 outer corner, as truth, or rather appearance, requires ; 
 and in relief-sculpture the eye of a face in profile is 
 rendered as in front view. The texture and arrange- 
 ment of hair are expressed in various ways, but always 
 with a marked love of symmetry and formalism. In 
 the difficult art of representing drapery there is much 
 experimentation and great progress. It seems to have 
 been among the eastern lonians, perhaps at Chios, that 
 
 143
 
 144 -^ History of Greek Art. 
 
 the deep cutting of folds was first practiced, and from 
 Ionia this method of treatment spread to Athens and 
 elsewhere. When drapery is used, there is a manifest 
 desire on the sculptor's part to reveal what he can, 
 more, in fact, than in reality could appear, of the form 
 underneath. The garments fall in formal folds, some- 
 times of great elaboration. They look as if they were 
 intended to represent garments of irregular cut, care- 
 fully starched and ironed. But one must be cautious 
 about drawing inferences from an imperfect artistic 
 manner as to the actual fashions of the day. 
 
 But whatever shortcomings in technical perfection 
 may be laid to their charge, the works of this period 
 are full of the indefinable fascination of promise. They 
 are marked, moreover, by a simplicity and sincerity of 
 purpose, an absence of all ostentation, a conscientious 
 and loving devotion on the part of those who made 
 them. And in many of them we are touched by great 
 refinement and tenderness of feeling, and a peculiarly 
 Greek grace of line. 
 
 To illustrate these remarks we may turn first to 
 Lycia, in southwestern Asia Minor. The so-called 
 ' ' Harpy ' ' tomb was a huge, four-sided pillar of stone, 
 in the upper part of which a square burial-chamber was 
 hollowed out. Marble bas-reliefs adorned the exterior 
 of this chamber. The best of the four slabs is seen in 
 Fig. 87.* At the right is a seated female figure, divin- 
 ity or deceased woman, who holds in her right hand a 
 pomegranate flower and in her left a pomegranate fruit. 
 To her approach three women, the first raising the 
 lower part of her chiton with her right hand and draw- 
 ing forward her outer garment with her left, the second 
 bringing a fruit and a flower, the third holding an egg 
 
 * Our illustration is not quite complete on the right.
 
 'The Archaic Period of Greek Sculpture. 145 
 
 in her right hand and raising her chiton with her left. 
 Then comes the opening into the burial-chamber, sur- 
 mounted by a diminutive cow suckling her calf. At 
 the left is another seated female figure, holding a bowl 
 for libation. The exact significance of this scene is un- 
 known, and we may limit our attention to its artistic 
 qualities. We have here our first opportunity of 
 observing the principle of isocephaly in Greek relief- 
 sculpture ; i. e. , the convention whereby the heads of 
 
 FIG. 87. RELIEF FROM THE " HARPY" TOMB. London, British Museum. 
 
 figures in an extended composition are ranged on 
 nearly the same level, no matter whether the figures are 
 seated, standing, mounted on horseback, or placed in 
 any other position. The main purpose of this conven- 
 tion doubtless was to avoid the unpleasing blank spaces 
 which would result if the figures were all of the same 
 proportions. In the present instance there may be the 
 further desire to suggest by the greater size of the 
 seated figures their greater dignity as goddesses or 
 divinized human beings. Note, again, how, in the case 
 of each standing woman, the garments adhere to the 
 body behind. The sculptor here sacrifices truth for the 
 sake of showing the outline of the figure. Finally,
 
 146 
 
 A History of Greek Art. 
 
 FIG. 88. 
 TION. 
 
 GRAVE-MONUMENT OF ARIS- 
 Athens, National Museum. 
 
 remark the daintiness 
 with which the hands are 
 used, particularly in the 
 case of the seated figure 
 on the right. The date 
 of this work may be put 
 not much later than the 
 middle of the sixth cen- 
 tury, and the style is that 
 of the Ionian school. 
 
 Under the tyrant Pisis- 
 tratus and his sons Athens 
 attained to an importance 
 in the world of art which 
 it had not enjoyed before. 
 A fine Attic work, which 
 we may probably attribute 
 to the time of Pisistratus, 
 is the grave-monument of 
 Aristion (Fig. 88). The 
 material is Pentelic mar- 
 ble. The form of the 
 monument, a tall, narrow, 
 slightly tapering slab or 
 stl, is the usual one in 
 Attica in this period. The 
 man represented in low 
 relief is, of course, Aris- 
 tion himself. He had 
 probably fallen in battle, 
 and so is put before us 
 armed. Over a short 
 chiton he wears a leather 
 cuirass with a double
 
 The Archaic Period of Greek Sculpture. 147 
 
 row of flaps below ; on his head is a small helmet, 
 which leaves his face entirely exposed ; on his legs are 
 greaves ; and in his left hand he holds a spear. There 
 is some constraint in the position of the left arm and 
 hand, due to the limitations of space. In general, the 
 anatomy, so far as exhibited, is creditable, though fault 
 might be found with the shape of the thighs. The 
 hair, much shorter than is usual in the archaic period, is 
 arranged in careful curls. The beard, trimmed to a 
 point in front, is rendered by parallel grooves. The 
 chiton, where it shows from under the cuirass, is 
 arranged in symmetrical plaits. There are considerable 
 traces of color on the relief, as well as on the back- 
 ground. Some of these may be seen in our illustration 
 on the cuirass. 
 
 Our knowledge of early Attic sculpture has been im- 
 mensely increased by the thorough exploration of the 
 summit of the Athenian Acropolis in 1885-90. In 
 regard to these important excavations it must be re- 
 membered that in 480 and again in 479 the Acropolis 
 was occupied by Persians belonging to Xerxes' invad- 
 ing army, who reduced the buildings and sculptures 
 on that site to a heap of fire-blackened ruins. This 
 de"bris was used by the Athenians in the generation 
 immediately following toward raising the general level 
 of the summit of the Acropolis. All this material, after 
 having been buried for some twenty-three and a half 
 centuries, has now been recovered. In the light of the 
 newly found remains, which include numerous inscribed 
 pedestals, it is seen that under the rule of Pisistratus 
 and his sons Athens attracted to itself talented sculptors 
 from other Greek communities, notably from Chios and 
 Ionia generally. It is to Ionian sculptors and to Athen- 
 ian sculptors brought under Ionian influences that
 
 148 
 
 A History of Greek Art. 
 
 we must attribute 
 almost all those 
 standing female 
 figures which 
 form the chief part 
 of the new treas- 
 ures of the Acropo- 
 lis Museum. 
 
 The figures of 
 this type stand 
 with the left foot, 
 as a rule, a little 
 advanced, the 
 body and head 
 facing directly for- 
 ward with primi- 
 tive stiffness. But 
 the arms no longer 
 hang straight at 
 the sides, one of 
 them, regularly 
 the right, being 
 extended from the 
 elbow, while the 
 other holds up the 
 voluminous drap- 
 ery. Many of the 
 statues retain co- 
 pious traces of 
 color on hair, eye- 
 brows, eyes, drap- 
 eries, and ornaments ; in no case does the flesh give any 
 evidence of having been painted ((/. page 119). Fig. 89 
 is taken from an illustration which gives the color as it 
 
 FIG. 89. ARCHAIC FEMALE FIGURE. 
 
 Athens, Acropolis Museum. 
 (From the Antike Denkmdler, I., Pi. XIX.)
 
 The Archaic Period of Greek Sculpture. 149 
 
 was when the statue was first found, before it had suf- 
 fered from exposure. 
 Fig. 90 is, not in 
 itself one of the 
 most pleasing of the 
 series, but it has a 
 special interest, not 
 merely on account 
 of its exceptionally 
 large size it is over 
 six and a half feet 
 high but because 
 we probably know 
 the name and some- 
 thing more of its 
 sculptor. If, as 
 seems altogether 
 likely, the statue be- 
 longs upon the in- 
 scribed pedestal 
 upon which it is 
 placed in the illus- 
 tration, then we 
 have before us an 
 original work of that 
 Antenor who was 
 commissioned by 
 the Athenian peo- 
 ple, soon after the 
 expulsion of the 
 tyrant Hippias and 
 his family in 510, to make a group in bronze of Har- 
 modius and Aristogiton ((/". pages 160-4). This statue 
 might, of course, be one of his earlier productions. 
 
 FIG, 90. STATUE BY ANTENOR (?). Athens, 
 Acropolis Museum. (From the Antike 
 Denkmdler, I., PI. LI 1 1.)
 
 A History of Greek Art. 
 
 At first sight these figures strike many untrained ob- 
 servers as simply grotesque. Some of them are indeed 
 
 odd; Fig. 91 reproduces one 
 which is especially so. But 
 they soon become absorb- 
 ingly interesting and then 
 delightful. The strange- 
 looking, puzzling gar- 
 ments,* which cling to the 
 figure behind and fall in 
 formal folds in front, the 
 elaborately, often impossi- 
 bly, arranged hair, the 
 gracious countenances, a 
 certain quaintness and re- 
 finement and unconscious- 
 ness of self these things 
 exercise over us an endless 
 fascination. 
 
 Who are these mysterious 
 beings ? We do not know. 
 There are those who would 
 see in them, or in some of 
 them, representations of 
 Athena, who was not only a 
 martial goddess, but also 
 
 FIG. ^-ARCHAIC FEMALE FIGURE, patroness of spinning and 
 Athens, Acropolis Museum. weaving and all cunning 
 
 handiwork. To others, including the writer, they seem, 
 in their manifold variety, to be daughters of Athens. 
 
 * Fig. 91 wears only one garment, the Ionic chiton, a long linen shift, girded 
 at the waist and pulled up so as to fall over and conceal the girdle. Figs. 89, 
 9i 9 2 . 93 wear over this a second garment, which goes over the right shoulder 
 and under the left. This over-garment reaches to the feet, so as to conceal 
 the lower portion of the chiton. At the top it is folded over, or perhaps rather 
 another piece of cloth is sewed on. This over-fold, if it may be so called, ap- 
 pears as if cut with two or more long points below.
 
 The Archaic Period of Greek Sculpture. 151 
 
 But, if so, what especial claim these women had to be set 
 up in effigy upon Athena's holy hill is an unsolved 
 riddle. 
 
 Before parting from their company we must not fail to 
 look at two fragmentary figures (Figs. 94, 95), the most 
 advanced in style of the whole series and doubtless ex- 
 ecuted shortly be- 
 fore 480. In the 
 former, presumably 
 the earlier of the 
 two, the marvelous 
 arrangement of the 
 hair over the fore- 
 head survives and 
 the eyeballs still 
 protrude unpleas- 
 antly. But the 
 mouth has lost the 
 conventional smile 
 and the modeling of 
 the face is of great 
 beauty. In the 
 other, alone of the 
 series, the hair pre- 
 sents a fairly natural 
 appearance, the 
 eyeballs lie at their 
 proper depth, and 
 the beautiful curve 
 of the neck is not masked by the locks that fall upon 
 the breasts. In this head, too, the mouth actually 
 droops at the corners, giving a perhaps unintended look 
 of seriousness to the face. The ear, though set rather 
 high, is exquisitely shaped. 
 
 FIG. 92. UPPER PART OF ARCHAIC FEMALE 
 FIGURE. Athens, Acropolis Museum.
 
 152 
 
 A History of Greek Art. 
 
 Still more lovely than this lady is the youth's head 
 
 shown in Fig. 96. Fate has 
 robbed us of the body to 
 which it belonged, but the 
 head itself is in an excellent 
 state of preservation. The 
 face is one of singular purity 
 and sweetness. The hair, 
 once of a golden tint, is long 
 behind and is gathered into 
 two braids, which start from 
 just behind the ears, cross 
 one another, and are fas- 
 tened together in front ; the 
 short front hair is combed 
 forward and conceals the 
 ends of the braids ; and there 
 is a mysterious puff in front 
 of each ear. In the whole 
 work, so far at least as ap- 
 pears in a profile view, there 
 is nothing to mar our pleas- 
 ure. The sculptor's hand 
 has responded cunningly to 
 his beautiful thought. 
 
 It is a pity not to be able 
 to illustrate another group 
 of Attic sculptures of the late 
 archaic period, the most 
 recent addition to our 
 store. The metopes of the 
 
 FIG. 93. ARCHAIC FEMALE FIGURE. Treasury of the Athenians at 
 
 Delphi, discovered during 
 
 the excavations now in progress, are. of extraordinary
 
 The Archaic Period of Greek Sculpture. 153 
 
 interest and importance ; but only two or three of them 
 have yet been published, and these in a form not suited 
 for reproduction. The same is the case with another of 
 the recent finds at 
 Delphi, the sculp- 
 tured frieze of the 
 Treasury of the 
 Cnidians, already 
 famous among" pro- 
 fessional students 
 and destined to be 
 known and admired 
 by a wider public. 
 Here, however, it is 
 possible to submit a 
 single fragment, 
 which was found 
 years ago (Fig. 97). 
 It represents a four- 
 horse chariot ap- 
 proaching an altar. 
 The newly found 
 pieces of this frieze 
 have abundant remains of color. The work probably 
 belongs in the last quarter of the sixth century. 
 
 The pediment-figures from ^gina, the chief treasure 
 of the Munich collection of ancient sculpture, were 
 found in 1811 by a party of scientific explorers and were 
 restored in Italy under the superintendence of the 
 Danish sculptor, Thorwaldsen. Until lately these 
 ^ginetan figures were our only important group of late 
 archaic Greek sculptures ; and, though that is no longer 
 the case, they still retain, and will always retain, an 
 especial interest and significance. They once filled the 
 
 FIG. 94. FRAGMENT OF ARCHAIC FEMALE 
 FIGURE. Athens, Acropolis Museum.
 
 154 
 
 A History of Greek Art. 
 
 pediments of a Doric temple of Aphaia, of which con- 
 siderable remains are still standing. There is no trust- 
 worthy external clue to the date of the building, and we 
 are therefore obliged to depend for that on the style of 
 the architecture and sculpture, especially the latter. In 
 the dearth of accurately dated monuments which might 
 
 serve as standards 
 o f c om par ison, 
 great difference of 
 opinion on this point 
 has prevailed. But 
 we are now some- 
 w h a t better off, 
 thanks to recent 
 discoveries at Ath- 
 ens and Delphi, and 
 we shall probably 
 not go far wrong in 
 assigning the temple 
 with its sculptures to 
 about 480 B. C. 
 Fig. 52 illustrates, 
 though somewhat 
 incorrectly, the 
 composition of the 
 western pediment. 
 The subject was a 
 combat, in the pres- 
 ence of Athena, be- 
 tween Greeks and 
 Asiatics, probably 
 on the plain of Troy. A close parallelism existed be- 
 tween the two halves of the pediment, each figure, except 
 the goddess and the fallen warrior at her feet, correspond- 
 
 FIG. 95. FRAGMENT OF ARCHAIC FEMALE 
 FIGURE. Athens, Acropolis Museum.
 
 The Archaic Period of Greek Sculpture. 155 
 
 ing to a similar figure on the opposite side. Athena, 
 protectress of the Greeks, stands in the center (Fig. 98). 
 She wears two garments, of which the outer one (the 
 only one seen in the 
 illustration) is a 
 marvel of formal- 
 ism. Her aegis cov- 
 ers her breasts and 
 hangs far down be- 
 hind ; the points of 
 its scalloped edge 
 once bristled with 
 serpents' heads, and 
 there was a Gor- 
 gon's head in the 
 middle of the front. 
 She has upon her 
 head a helmet with 
 lofty crest, and car- 
 ries shield and 
 lance. The men, 
 with the exception 
 of the two archers, 
 are naked, and their 
 helmets, which are 
 of a form intended to cover the face, are pushed back. 
 Of course, men did not actually go into battle in this 
 fashion ; but the sculptor did not care for realism, and 
 he did care for the exhibition of the body. He be- 
 longed to a school which had made an especially careful 
 study of anatomy, and his work shows a great improve- 
 ment in this respect over anything we have yet had the 
 opportunity to consider. Still, the men are decidedly 
 lean in appearance and their angular attitudes are a 
 
 FIG. 96. HEAD OF A YOUTH. Athens, 
 Acropolis Museum.
 
 156 
 
 A History of Greek Art. 
 
 little suggestive of prepared skeletons. They have 
 oblique and prominent eyes, and, whether fighting or 
 
 FIG. 97. FRAGMENT OF FRIEZE FROM THE TREASURY OF THE CNIDIANS. 
 Delphi. 
 
 dying, they wear upon their faces the same conven- 
 tional smile. 
 
 The group in the eastern pediment corresponds closely 
 in subject and composition to that in the western, but is 
 
 FIG. 98. FIGURES FROM THE WESTERN PEDIMENT OF THE ..EGINETAN 
 TEMPLE. Munich. 
 
 of a distinctly more advanced style. Only five figures 
 of this group were sufficiently preserved to be restored.
 
 The Archaic Period of Greek Sculpture. 157 
 
 Of these perhaps the most admirable is the dying warrior 
 from the southern corner of the pediment (Fig. 99), in 
 which the only considerable modern part is the right leg, 
 from the middle of the thigh. The superiority of this 
 and its companion figures to those of the western pedi- 
 ment lies, as the Munich catalogue points out, in the 
 juster proportions of body, arms, and legs, the greater 
 fulness of the muscles, the more careful attention to the 
 veins and to the qualities of the skin, the more natural 
 position of eyes and mouth. This dying man does not 
 
 FIG. 99. DYING WARRIOR FROM THE EASTERN PEDIMENT OF THE 
 TEMPLE. Munich. 
 
 smile meaninglessly. His lips are parted, and there is a 
 suggestion of death-agony on his countenance. In both 
 pediments the figures are carefully finished all round ; 
 there is no neglect, or none worth mentioning, of those 
 parts which were destined to be invisible so long as 
 the figures were in position. 
 
 The Strangford "Apollo" (Fig. 100) is of uncertain 
 provenience, but is nearly related in style to the marbles 
 of ^Egina. This statue, by the position of body, legs, 
 and head, belongs to the series of "Apollo" figures
 
 158 
 
 A History of Greek Art. 
 
 FIG. loo. STRANGFORD "APOLLO.' 
 British Museum. 
 
 London, 
 
 discussed above 
 (pages 129-32) ; 
 but the arms were 
 no longer attached 
 to the sides, and 
 were probably bent 
 at the elbows. The 
 most obvious traces 
 of a lingering ar- 
 chaism, besides the 
 rigidity of the atti- 
 tude, are the nar- 
 rowness of the hips 
 and the formal ar- 
 rangement of the 
 hair, with its double 
 row of snail-shell 
 curls. The statue 
 has been spoken of 
 by a high authority* 
 as showing only ' ' a 
 meager and painful 
 rendering of na- 
 ture. ' ' That is one 
 way of looking at it. 
 But there is an- 
 other way, which 
 has been finely ex- 
 pressed by Pater, 
 in an essay on 
 "The Marbles of 
 : "As art 
 
 which has passed its prime has sometimes the charm of 
 
 * Newton, " Essays on Art and Archaeology," page 81.
 
 The Archaic Period of Greek Sculpture. 159 
 
 an absolute refinement in taste and workmanship, so 
 immature art also, as we now see, has its own attractive- 
 ness in the naivete, the freshness of spirit, which finds 
 power and interest in simple motives of feeling, and in 
 the freshness of hand, which has a sense of enjoyment 
 in mechanical processes still performed unmechanically, 
 in the spending of care and intelligence on every touch. 
 The workman is at work in dry earnestness, 
 with a sort of hard strength of detail, a scrupulousness 
 verging on stiffness, like that of an early Flemish 
 painter ; he communicates to us his still youthful sense 
 of pleasure in the experience of the first rudimentary 
 difficulties of his art overcome."* 
 
 * Pater, " Greek Studies," page 285.
 
 CHAPTER VII. 
 
 THE TRANSITIONAL PERIOD OF GREEK SCULPTURE. 
 480-450 B. C. 
 
 THE term " Transitional period " is rather meaning- 
 less in itself, but has acquired considerable currency as 
 denoting that stage in the history of Greek art in which 
 the last steps were taken toward perfect freedom of 
 style. It is convenient to reckon this period as extend- 
 ing from the year of the Persian invasion of Greece 
 under Xerxes to the middle of the century. In the 
 artistic as in the political history of this generation 
 Athens held a position of commanding importance, 
 while Sparta, the political rival of Athens, was as 
 barren of art as of literature. The other principal 
 artistic center was Argos, whose school of sculpture had 
 been and was destined long to be widely influential. 
 As for other local schools, the question of their centers 
 and mutual relations is too perplexing and uncertain to 
 be here discussed. 
 
 In the two preceding chapters we studied only origi- 
 nal works, but from this time on we shall have to pay a 
 good deal of attention to copies (cf. pages 114-16). 
 We begin with two statues in Naples (Fig. 101). The 
 story of this group for the two statues were designed 
 as a group is interesting. The two friends, Harmodius 
 and Aristogiton, who in 514 had formed a conspiracy to 
 rid Athens of her tyrants, but who had succeeded only 
 in killing one of them, came to be regarded after the 
 expulsion of the remaining tyrant and his family in 510
 
 The Transitional Period of Greek Sculpture. 161 
 
 as the liberators of the city. Their statues in bronze, 
 the work of Antenor, were set up on a terrace above 
 
 FIG. loi. HARMODIUS AND ARISTOGITON. Naples. 
 
 the market-place (cf. pages 124, 149). In 480 this 
 group was carried off to Persia by Xerxes and there it
 
 1 62 A History of Greek Art. 
 
 remained for a hundred and fifty years or more, when it 
 was restored to Athens by Alexander the Great or one 
 of his successors. Athens, however, had as promptly 
 as possible repaired her loss. Critius and Nesiotes, two 
 sculptors who worked habitually in partnership, were 
 commissioned to make a second group, and this was set 
 up in 477-6 on the same terrace where the first had 
 been. After the restoration of Antenor's statues toward 
 the end of the fourth century the two groups stood side 
 by side. 
 
 It was argued by a German archaeologist more than a 
 generation ago that the two marble statues shown in 
 Fig. 101 are copied from one of these bronze groups, 
 and this identification has been all but universally 
 accepted. The proof may be stated briefly, as follows : 
 First, several Athenian objects of various dates, from 
 the fifth century B. C. onward, bear a design to which 
 the Naples statues clearly correspond. One of these is 
 a relief on a marble throne, formerly in Athens. Our 
 illustration of this (Fig. 102) is taken from a "squeeze," 
 or wet paper impression. This must, then, have been 
 an important group in Athens. Secondly, the style of 
 the Naples statues points to a bronze original of the early 
 fifth century. Thirdly, the attitudes of the figures are 
 suitable for Harmodius and Aristogiton, and we do not 
 know of any other group of that period for which they 
 are suitable. This proof, though not quite as complete 
 as we should like, is as good as we generally get in 
 these matters. The only question that remains in 
 serious doubt is whether our copies go back to the work 
 of Antenor or to that of Critius and Nesiotes. Opinions 
 have been much divided on this point, but the prevail- 
 ing tendency now is to connect them with the later 
 artists. That is the view here adopted.
 
 The Transitional Period of Greek Sculpture. 163 
 
 In studying the two statues it is important to recognize 
 the work of the modern "restorer." The figure of 
 
 FIG. 102. RELIEF ON A MARBLE THRONE. 
 
 Broom Hall, near Dunfermline, Scotland. (From The Journal of Hellenic 
 Studies, Vol. V., PI. XLVIII.) 
 
 Aristogiton (the one on your left as you face the group) 
 having been found in a headless condition, the restorer 
 provided it with a head, which is antique, to be sure,
 
 1 64 A History of Greek Art. 
 
 but which is outrageously out of keeping, being of the 
 style of a century later. The chief modern portions are 
 the left hand of Arfstogiton and the arms, right leg, and 
 lower part of the left leg of Harmodius. As may be 
 learned from the small copies, Aristogiton should be 
 bearded, and the right arm of Harmodius should be in 
 the act of being raised to bring down a stroke of the 
 sword upon his antagonist. We have, then, to correct 
 in imagination the restorer's misdoings, and also to 
 omit the tree-trunk supports, which the bronze originals 
 did not need. Further, the two figures should probably 
 be advancing in the same direction, instead of in con- 
 verging lines. 
 
 When these changes are made, the group cannot fail 
 to command our admiration. It would be a mistake to 
 fix our attention exclusively on the head of Harmodius. 
 Seen in front view, the face, with its low forehead and 
 heavy chin, looks dull, if not ignoble. But the bodies ! 
 In complete disregard of historic truth, the two men are 
 represented in a state of ideal nudity, like the ^ginetan 
 figures. The anatomy is carefully studied, the attitudes 
 lifelike and vigorous. Finally, the composition is fairly 
 successful. This is the earliest example preserved to us 
 of a group of sculpture other than a pediment-group. 
 The interlocking of the figures is not yet so close as it 
 was destined to be in many a more advanced piece of 
 Greek statuary. But already the figures are not merely 
 juxtaposed ; they share in a common action, and each is 
 needed to complete the other. 
 
 Of about the same date, it would seem, or not much 
 later, must have been a lost bronze statue, whose fame is 
 attested by the existence of several marble copies. The 
 best of these was found in 1862, in the course of exca- 
 vating the great theater on the southern slope of the
 
 The Transitional Period of Greek Sculpture. 165 
 
 Athenian Acropolis (Fig. 103). The naming of this 
 figure is doubtful. It has been commonly taken for 
 Apollo, while another view sees in it a pugilist. Re- 
 cently the suggestion has been thrown out that it is 
 Heracles. Be that as it may, 
 the figure is a fine example 
 of youthful strength and 
 beauty. In pose it shows a 
 decided advance upon the 
 Strangford "Apollo" (Fig. 
 100). The left leg is still 
 slightly advanced, and both 
 feet were planted flat on the 
 ground ; but more than half 
 the weight of the body is 
 thrown upon the right leg, 
 with the result of giving a 
 slight curve to the trunk, and 
 the head is turned to one 
 side. The upper part of the 
 body is very powerful, the 
 shoulders broad and held 
 well back, the chest promi- 
 nently developed. The face, 
 in spite of its injuries, is one 
 of singular refinement and 
 sweetness. The long hair 
 is arranged in two braids, as 
 in Fig. 96, the only difference FlG . I03 .-" APOLLO ON THE OMPHA 
 being that here the braids 
 
 pass over instead of under the fringe of front hair. The 
 rendering of the hair is in a freer style than in the case 
 just cited, but of this difference a part may be chargeable 
 to the copyist. Altogether we see here the stamp of an
 
 1 66 A History of Greek Art. 
 
 artistic manner very different from that of Critius and 
 Nesiotes. Possibly, as some have conjectured, it is the 
 manner of Calamis, an Attic sculptor of this period, 
 whose eminence at any rate entitles him to a passing 
 mention. But even the Attic origin of this statue is in 
 dispute. 
 
 We now reach a name of commanding importance, 
 'and one with which we are fortunately able to associate 
 some definite ideas. It is the name of Myron of 
 Athens, who ranks among the six most illustrious 
 sculptors of Greece. It is worth remarking, as an 
 illustration of the scantiness of our knowledge regarding 
 the lives of Greek artists, that Myron's name is not so 
 much as mentioned in extant literature before the third 
 century B. C. Except for a precise, but certainly false, 
 notice in Pliny, who represents him as flourishing in 
 420-416, our literary sources yield only vague indica- 
 tions as to his date. These indications, such as they 
 are, point to the "Transitional period." This inference 
 is strengthened by the recent discovery on the Athenian 
 Acropolis of a pair of pedestals inscribed with the 
 name of Myron's son and probably datable about 446. 
 Finally, the argument is clinched by the style of 
 Myron's most certainly identifiable work. 
 
 Pliny makes Myron the pupil of an influential Argive 
 master, Ageladas, who belongs in the late archaic 
 period. Whether or not such a relation actually ex- 
 isted, the statement is useful as a reminder of the proba- 
 bility that Argos and Athens were artistically in touch 
 with one another. Beyond this, we get no direct 
 testimony as to the circumstances of Myron's life. We 
 can only infer that hi genius was widely recognized in 
 his lifetime, seeing that commissions came to him, not 
 from Athens only, but also from other cities of Greece
 
 The Transitional Period of Greek Sculpture. 167 
 
 proper, as well as from distant Samos and Ephesus. 
 His chief material was bronze, and colossal figures of 
 gold and ivory are also ascribed to him. So far as we 
 know, he did not work in marble at all. His range of 
 subjects included 
 divinities, heroes, 
 men, and ani- 
 mals. Of no work 
 of his do we hear 
 so often or in 
 terms of such 
 high praise as of 
 a certain figure of 
 a cow, which 
 stood on or near 
 the Athenian 
 Acropolis. A 
 large number of 
 athlete statues 
 from his hand 
 were to be seen 
 at Olympia, Del- 
 phi, and perhaps 
 elsewhere, and 
 this side of his 
 activity was cer- 
 tainly an impor- 
 tant one. Per- 
 haps it is a mere 
 accident that we 
 hear less of his statues of divinities and heroes. 
 
 The starting point in any study of Myron must be his 
 Discobolus (Discus-thrower). Fig. 104 reproduces the 
 best copy. This statue was found in Rome in 1781, 
 
 FIG. 104. COPY OF THE DISCOBOLUS OF MYRON. 
 
 Rome, Lancellotti Palace. 
 
 (From Collignon, "Histoire de la Sculpture 
 
 Grecque," Vol. I., PI. XI.)
 
 1 68 A History of Greek Art. 
 
 and is in an unusually good state of preservation. The 
 head has never been broken from the body ; the right 
 arm has been broken off, but is substantially antique ; 
 and the only considerable restoration is the right leg 
 from the knee to the ankle. The two other most 
 important copies were found together in 1791 on the 
 site of Hadrian's villa at Tibur (Tivoli). One of these 
 is now in the British Museum, the other in the Vatican ; 
 neither has its original head. A fourth copy of the 
 body, a good deal disguised by "restoration," exists 
 in the Museum of the Capitol in Rome. There are also 
 other copies of the head besides the one on the Lancel- 
 lotti statue. 
 
 The proof that these statues and parts of statues were 
 copied from Myron's Discobolus depends principally 
 upon a passage in Lucian (about 160 A. D. ).* He gives 
 a circumstantial description of the attitude of that work, 
 or rather of a copy of it, and his description agrees 
 point for point with the statues in question. This agree- 
 ment is the more decisive because the attitude is a very 
 remarkable one, no other known figure showing any- 
 thing in the least resembling it. Moreover, the style of 
 the Lancellotti statue points to a bronze original of the 
 " Transitional period," to which on historical grounds 
 Myron is assigned. 
 
 Myron's statue represented a young Greek who had 
 been victorious in the pentathlon, or group of five con- 
 tests (running, leaping, wrestling, throwing the spear, 
 and hurling the discus), but we have no clue as to 
 where in the Greek world it was set up. The attitude 
 of the figure seems a strange one at first sight, but 
 other ancient representations, as well as modern experi- 
 ments, leave little room for doubt that the sculptor has 
 
 * Philopseudes, g 18.
 
 The Transitional Period of Greek Sculpture. 169 
 
 truthfully caught one of the rapidly changing positions 
 which the exercise involved. Having passed the discus 
 from his left hand to his right, the athlete has swung the 
 missile as far back as possible. In the next instant he 
 will hurl it forward, at the same time, of course, advanc- 
 ing his left foot and recovering his erect position. Thus 
 Myron has preferred to the comparatively easy task of 
 representing the athlete at rest, bearing some symbol of 
 victory, the far more'difficult problem of exhibiting him 
 in action. It would seem that he delighted in the 
 expression of movement. So his Ladas, known to us 
 only from two epigrams in the Anthology, represented a 
 runner panting toward the goal ; and others of his 
 athlete statues may have been similarly conceived. His 
 temple-images, on the other hand, must have been as 
 composed in attitude as the Discobolus is energetic. 
 
 The face of the Discobolus is rather typical than indi- 
 vidual. If this is not immediately obvious to the reader, 
 the comparison of a closely allied head may make it 
 clear. Of the numerous works which have been 
 brought into relation with Myron by reason of their 
 likeness to the Discobolus, none is so unmistakable as a 
 fine bust in Florence (Fig. 105). The general form of 
 the head, the rendering of the hair, the anatomy of the 
 forehead, the form of the nose and the angle it makes 
 with the forehead these and other features noted by 
 Professor Furtwangler are alike in the Discobolus and 
 the Riccardi head. These detailed resemblances cannot 
 be verified without the help of casts or at least of good 
 photographs taken from different points of view ; -but 
 the general impression of likeness will be felt convincing, 
 even without analysis. Now these two works represent 
 different persons, the Riccardi head being probably 
 copied from the statue of some ideal hero. And the
 
 A History of Greek Art. 
 
 point to be especially illustrated is that in the Discobolus 
 we have not a realistic portrait, but a generalized type. 
 This is not the same as to say that the face bore no 
 recognizable resemblance to the young man whom the 
 statue commemorated. Portraiture admits of many 
 
 degrees, from literal 
 fidelity to an ideal- 
 ization in which the 
 identity of the sub- 
 ject is all but lost. 
 All that is meant is 
 that the Discobolus 
 belongs somewhere 
 near the latter end 
 of the scale. In 
 this absence of indi- 
 vidualization we 
 have a trait, not of 
 Myron alone, but of 
 Greek sculpture 
 generally in its rise 
 and in the earlier 
 stages of its perfec- 
 tion (jcf. page 126). 
 Another work of Myron has been plausibly recognized 
 in a statue of a satyr in the Lateran Museum (Fig. 106). 
 The evidence for this is too complex to be stated 
 here. If the identification is correct, the Lateran 
 statue is copied from the figure of Marsyas in a bronze 
 group of Athena and Marsyas which stood on the 
 Athenian Acropolis. The goddess was represented as 
 having just flung down in disdain a pair of flutes ; the 
 satyr, advancing on tiptoe, hesitates between cupidity 
 and the fear of Athena's displeasure. Marsyas has a 
 
 FlG. 105. BUST, PROBABLY AFTER MYRON. 
 
 Florence, Riccardi Palace. 
 (From Furtwangler, " Meisterwerke," PI. XVII.)
 
 The Transitional Period of Greek Sculpture. 171 
 
 lean and sinewy figure, coarse stiff hair and beard, a 
 wrinkled forehead, a broad flat nose which makes 
 a marked angle with the forehead, pointed ears 
 (modern, but guaranteed by another copy of the head), 
 and a short tail sprouting from the small of the back. 
 The arms, which were missing, have been incorrectly 
 restored with casta- 
 nets. The right 
 should be held up, 
 the left down, in a 
 gesture of astonish- 
 ment. In this work 
 we see again Myron's 
 skill in suggesting 
 movement. We get 
 a lively impression of 
 an advance suddenly 
 checked and changed 
 to a recoil. 
 
 Thus far in this 
 chapter we have been 
 dealing with copies. 
 Our stock of original 
 works of this period, 
 however, is not small ; 
 it consists, as usual, 
 largely of architec- 
 tural sculpture. Fig. 
 107 shows four meto- 
 pes from a temple at 
 Selinus. They repre- 
 sent (beginning at the left) Heracles in combat with an 
 Amazon, Hera unveiling herself before Zeus, Actaeon 
 torn by his dogs in the presence of Artemis, and Athena 
 
 FIG. 106. SATYR, PROBABLY AFTER MYRON. 
 Rome, Lateran Museum.
 
 172 A History of Greek Art. 
 
 overcoming the giant Enceladus. These reliefs would 
 repay the most careful study, but the sculptures of an- 
 other temple have still stronger claims to attention. 
 
 Olympia was one of the two most important religious 
 centers of the Greek world, the other being Delphi. 
 Olympia was sacred to Zeus, and the great Doric 
 temple of Zeus was thus the chief among the group of 
 
 FIG. 107. PORTION OF DORIC FRIEZE WITH SCULPTURED METOPES, 
 FROM SELINUS. Palermo. 
 
 religious buildings there assembled. The erection of 
 this temple probably falls in the years just preceding 
 and following 460 B. C. A slight exploration carried 
 on by the French in 1829 and the thorough excavation 
 of the site by the Germans in 1875-81 brought to light 
 extensive remains of its sculptured decoration. This 
 consisted of two pediment-groups and twelve sculptured 
 metopes, besides the acroteria. In the eastern pedi- 
 ment the subject is the preparation for the chariot- 
 race of Pelops and CEnomaus. The legend ran that 
 LEnomaus, king of Pisa in Elis, refused the hand of his 
 daughter save to one who should beat him in a chariot- 
 race. Suitor after suitor tried and failed, till at last 
 Pelops, a young prince from over sea, succeeded. 
 In the pediment-group Zeus, as arbiter of the impending 
 contest, occupies the center. On one side of him stand 
 Pelops and his destined bride, on the other CEnomaus
 
 The Transitional Period of Greek Sculpture. 173 
 
 and his wife, Sterope (Fig. 108). The chariots, with 
 attendants and other more or less interested persons 
 follow (Fig. 109). The moment chosen by the sculp- 
 
 FIG. 108. CENOMAUS AND STEROPE. Olytnpia. 
 
 tor is one of expectancy rather than action, and the 
 various figures are in consequence simply juxtaposed, 
 not interlocked. Far different is the scene presented 
 by the western pediment. The subject here is the
 
 174 
 
 A History of Greek Art. 
 
 combat between Lapiths and Centaurs, one of the 
 favorite themes of Greek sculpture, as of Greek paint- 
 ing. The Centaurs, brutal creatures, partly human, 
 partly equine, were fabled to have lived in Thessaly. 
 There too was the home of the Lapiths, who were 
 
 FIG. 109. ELDERLY MAN. Olympia. 
 
 Greeks. At the wedding of Pirithoiis, king of the 
 Lapiths, the Centaurs, who had been bidden as guests, 
 became inflamed with wine and began to lay hands 
 on the women. Hence a general mdlee, in which the 
 Greeks were victorious. The sculptor has placed the 
 god Apollo in the center (Fig. no), undisturbed amid
 
 The Transitional Period of Greek Sculpture. 175 
 
 the wild tumult ; his presence alone assures us what 
 the issue is to be. The struggling groups (Figs, 
 in, 112) extend nearly to the corners, which are 
 occupied each by 
 two reclining fe- 
 male figures, specta- 
 tors of the scene. 
 In each pediment 
 the composition is 
 symmetrical, every 
 figure having its 
 corresponding fig- 
 ure on the opposite 
 side. Yet the law 
 of symmetry is in- 
 terpreted much 
 more freely than in 
 the ^gina p e d i - 
 ments of a gener- 
 
 FIG. no. HEAD OF APOLLO. Olympia. 
 
 a 1 1 o n earlier ; the 
 
 corresponding figures often differ from one another a 
 good deal in attitude, and in one instance even in sex. 
 Our illustrations, which give a few representative 
 specimens of these sculptures, suggest some comments. 
 To begin with, the workmanship here displayed is rapid 
 and far from faultless. Unlike the ^Eginetan pediment- 
 figures and those of the Parthenon, these figures are left 
 rough at the back. Moreover, even in the visible por- 
 tions there are surprising evidences of carelessness, as 
 in the portentously long left thigh of the Lapith in Fig. 
 112. It is, again, evidence of rapid, though not exactly 
 of faulty, execution, that the hair is in a good many 
 cases only blocked out, the form of the mass being 
 given, but its texture not indicated (e. g.. Fig. in).
 
 176 
 
 A History of Greek Art, 
 
 In the pose of the standing figures (e. g., Fig. 108), with 
 the weight borne about equally by both legs, we see a 
 modified survival of the usual archaic attitude. A lin- 
 
 FIG. in. LAPITH BRIDE AND CENTAUR. Olympia. 
 
 gering archaism may be seen in other features too ; very 
 plainly, for example, in the arrangement of Apollo's 
 hair (Fig. no). The garments represent a thick 
 woolen stuff, whose folds show very little pliancy. The
 
 The Transitional Period of Greek Sculpture. 177 
 
 drapery of Sterope (Fig. 108) should be especially 
 noted, as it is a characteristic example for this period of 
 a type which has a long history. She wears the Doric 
 
 FIG. 112. LAPITH AND CENTAUR. Olympia. 
 
 chiton, a sleeveless woolen garment girded and pulled 
 over the girdle and doubled over from the top. The 
 formal, starched-looking folds of the archaic period have 
 disappeared. The cloth lies pretty flat over the chest
 
 178 A History of Greek Art. 
 
 and waist ; there is a rather arbitrary little fold at the 
 neck. Below the girdle the drapery is divided verti- 
 cally into two parts ; on the one side it falls in straight 
 folds to the ankle, on the other it is drawn smooth over 
 the bent knee. 
 
 Another interesting fact about these sculptures is a 
 certain tendency toward realism. The figures and faces 
 and attitudes of the Greeks, not to speak of the Cen- 
 taurs, are not all entirely beautiful and noble. This is 
 illustrated by Fig. 109, a bald-headed man, rather fat. 
 Here is realism of a very mild type, to be sure, in com- 
 parison with what we are accustomed to nowadays ; but 
 the old men of the Parthenon frieze bear no disfiguring 
 marks of age. Again, in the face of the young Lapith 
 whose arm is being bitten by a Centaur (Fig. 112), 
 there is a marked attempt to express physical pain ; the 
 features are more distorted than in any other fifth 
 century sculpture, except representations of Centaurs or 
 other inferior creatures. In the other heads of imperiled 
 men and women in this pediment, e. g. , in that of the 
 bride (Fig. in), the ideal calm of the features is 
 overspread with only a faint shadow of distress. 
 
 Lest what has been said should suggest that the 
 sculptors of the Olympia pediment-figures were in- 
 different to beauty, attention may be drawn again to the 
 superb head of the Lapith bride. Apollo, too (Fig. 
 no), though not that radiant god whom a later age 
 conceived and bodied forth, has an austere beauty 
 which only a dull eye can fail to appreciate. 
 
 The twelve sculptured metopes of the temple do not 
 belong to the exterior frieze, whose metopes were 
 plain, but to a second frieze, placed above the columns 
 and antae of pronaos and opisthodomos. Their sub- 
 jects are the twelve labors of Heracles, beginning with
 
 The Transitional Period of Greek Sculpture. 179 
 
 the slaying of the Nemean lion and ending with the 
 cleansing of the Augean stables. The one selected for 
 illustration is one of the two or three best preserved 
 members of the series (Fig. 113). Its subject is the 
 
 FIG. 113. ATLAS METOPE. Olympia. 
 
 winning of the golden apples which grew in the garden 
 of the Hesperides, near the ' spot where Atlas stood, 
 evermore supporting on his shoulders the weight of the 
 heavens. Heracles prevailed upon Atlas to go and
 
 i8o 
 
 A History of Greek Art. 
 
 fetch the coveted treasure, himself meanwhile assuming 
 the burden. The moment chosen by the sculptor is 
 that of the return of Atlas with the apples. In the 
 middle stands Heracles, with a cushion, folded double, 
 upon his shoulders, the sphere of the heavens being 
 barely suggested at the top of the relief. Behind him is 
 his companion and protectress, Athena, once recog- 
 nizable by a lance in her right hand.* With her left 
 hand she seeks to ease a little the hero's heavy load. 
 Before him stands Atlas, holding out the apples in both 
 hands. The main lines of the composition are some- 
 what monotonous, but this is a consequence of the 
 subject, not of any incapacity of the artist, as the other 
 metopes testify. The figure of Athena should be com- 
 pared with that of Sterope 
 in the eastern pediment. 
 There is a substantial resem- 
 blance in the drapery, even 
 to the arbitrary little fold in 
 the neck ; but the garment 
 here is entirely open on the 
 right side, after the fashion 
 followed by Spartan maid- 
 ens, whereas there it is sewed 
 together from the waist 
 down ; there is here no gir- 
 dle ; and the broad, flat 
 FIG. H4.-HEAD OF ATHENA (?), expanse of cloth in front 
 FROM LION METOPE, oiympia. observable there is here nar- 
 rowed by two folds falling from the breasts. 
 
 Fig. 114 is added as a last example of the severe 
 beauty to be found in these sculptures. It will be ob- 
 
 * Such at least seems to be the view adopted in the latest official publica- 
 tion on the subject : "Oiympia ; Die Bildwerke in Stein und Thon," PI. LXV.
 
 The Transitional Period of Greek Sculpture. 181 
 
 served that the hair 
 of this head is not 
 worked out in de- 
 tail, except at the 
 front. This sum- 
 mary treatment of 
 the hair is, in fact, 
 more general in 
 the metopes than 
 in the pediment- 
 figures. The up- 
 per eyelid does not 
 yet overlap the 
 under eyelid at the 
 outer corner (jcf. 
 Fig. no). 
 
 The two pedi- 
 ment-groups and 
 the metopes of this 
 temple show such 
 close resemblances 
 of style among 
 themselves that 
 they must all be 
 regarded as prod- 
 ucts of a single 
 school of sculp- 
 ture, if not as de- 
 signed by a single 
 man. Pausanias 
 says nothing of the 
 authorship of the 
 metopes ; but he 
 tells us that the 
 
 FIG. 115. THE GIUSTINIANI " VESTA." Rome, 
 
 Torlonia Palace. 
 (From Baumeister, " Denkmaler," Fig. 746.)
 
 182 
 
 A History of Greek Art. 
 
 sculptures of the eastern pediment were the work of 
 Pseonius of Mende, an indisputable statue by whom is 
 known ((/". page 213), and those of the western by Alca- 
 menes, who appears elsewhere in literary tradition as a 
 pupil of Phidias. On various grounds it seems almost 
 certain that Pausanias was misinformed on this point. 
 Thus we are left without trustworthy testimony as to 
 the affiliations of the artist or artists to whom the sculp- 
 tured decoration of this temple was intrusted. 
 
 The so-called Hestia (Vesta) which formerly belonged 
 
 to the Giustiniani 
 family (Fig. 115), has 
 of late years been in- 
 accessible even to 
 professional students. 
 It must be one of the 
 very best preserved 
 of ancient statues in 
 marble, as it is not 
 reported to have 
 anything modern 
 about it except the 
 index finger of the left 
 hand. This hand 
 originally held a scep- 
 ter. The statue rep- 
 resents some goddess, 
 it is uncertain what 
 FIG. 116. THE "SPINARIO." one. In view of the 
 
 Rome, Palace of the Conservator!. 1M , j 
 
 likeness in the drap- 
 ery to some of the Olympia figures, no one can doubt 
 that this is a product of the same period. 
 
 In regard to the bronze statue shown in Fig. 1 16 there 
 is more room for doubt, but the weight of opinion is in
 
 The Transitional Period of Greek Sculpture. 183 
 
 favor of placing it here. It is confidently claimed by a 
 high authority that this is an original Greek bronze. 
 There exist also fragmentary copies of the same in 
 marble and free imitations in marble and in bronze. The 
 statue represents a boy of perhaps twelve, absorbed in 
 pulling a thorn from his foot. We do not know the 
 original purpose of the work ; perhaps it commemorated 
 a victory won in a foot-race of boys. The left leg of the 
 figure is held in a position which gives a somewhat un- 
 graceful outline ; Praxiteles would not have placed it so. 
 But how delightful is the picture of childish innocence 
 and self-forgetfulness ! This statue might be regarded as 
 an epitome of the artistic spirit and capacity of the age 
 its simplicity and purity and freshness of feeling, its 
 not quite complete emancipation from the formalism of 
 an earlier day.
 
 CHAPTER VIII. 
 
 THE GREAT AGE OF GREEK SCULPTURE. FIRST 
 PERIOD : 450-400 B. C. 
 
 THE Age of Pericles, which, if we reckon from the 
 first entrance of Pericles into politics, extended from 
 about 466 to 429, has become proverbial as a period of 
 extraordinary artistic and literary splendor. The real 
 ascendancy of Pericles began in 447, and the achieve- 
 ments most properly associated with his name belong to 
 the succeeding fifteen years. Athens at this time 
 possessed ample material resources, derived in great 
 measure from the tribute of subject allies ; and wealth 
 was freely spent upon noble monuments of art. The 
 city was filled with artists of high and low degree. 
 Above them all in genius towered Phidias, and to him, if 
 we may believe the testimony of Plutarch,* a general 
 superintendence of all the artistic undertakings of the 
 state was intrusted by Pericles. 
 
 Great as was the fame of Phidias in after ages, we are 
 left in almost complete ignorance as to the circum- 
 stances of his life. If he was really the author of cer- 
 tain works ascribed to him, he must have been born 
 about 500 B.C. This would make him as old, perhaps, 
 as Myron. Another view would put his birth between 
 490 and 485 ; still another, as late as 480. The one un- 
 disputed date in his life is the year 438, when the gold 
 and ivory statue of Athena in the Parthenon was com- 
 pleted. Touching the time and circumstances of his 
 
 * " Life of Pericles," 13. 
 
 184
 
 The Great Age of Greek Sculpture. 185 
 
 death we have two inconsistent traditions. According 
 to the one, he was brought to trial in Athens im- 
 mediately after the completion of the Athena on the 
 charge of misappropriating some of the ivory with which 
 he had been intrusted, but made his escape to Elis, 
 where, after executing the gold and ivory Zeus for the 
 temple of that god at Olympia, he was put to death for 
 some unspecified reason by the Eleans in 432-1. Ac- 
 cording to the other tradition, he was accused in 
 Athens, apparently not before 432, of stealing some of 
 the gold destined for the Athena, and, when this charge 
 broke down, of having sacrilegiously introduced his 'own 
 and Pericles' s portraits into the relief on Athena's 
 shield ; being cast into prison, he died there of disease, 
 or, as some said, of poison. 
 
 The most famous works of Phidias were the two 
 chryselephantine statues to which reference has just been 
 made, and two or three other statues of the same ma- 
 terials were ascribed to him. He worked also in bronze 
 and in marble. From a reference in Aristotle's 
 ' ' Ethics ' ' it might seem as if he were best known as a 
 sculptor in marble, but only three statues by him are 
 expressly recorded to have been of marble, against a 
 larger number of bronze. His subjects were chiefly 
 divinities ; we hear of only one or two figures of human 
 beings from his hands. 
 
 Of the colossal Zeus at Olympia, the most august 
 creation of Greek artistic imagination, we can form only 
 an indistinct idea. The god was seated upon a throne, 
 holding a figure of Victory upon one hand and a scepter 
 in the other. The figure is represented on three Elean 
 coins of the time of Hadrian (117-138 A. D. ), but on 
 too small a scale to help us much. Another coin of the 
 same period gives a fine head of Zeus in profile ( Fig.
 
 1 86 
 
 A History of Greek Art, 
 
 117),* which is plausibly supposed to preserve some 
 likeness to the head of Phidias' s statue. 
 
 In regard to the Athena of the Parthenon we are con- 
 siderably better off, for we possess a number of marble 
 
 statues which, 
 with the aid of 
 Pausanias's de- 
 scription and by 
 comparison with 
 one another, can 
 be proved to be 
 copies of that 
 work. But a 
 warning is nec- 
 essary here. The 
 Athena, like the 
 Zeus, was of 
 colossal size. Its 
 
 FIG. 117. BRONZE COIN OF ELIS (ENLARGED) 
 
 height, with the 
 pedestal, was 
 about thirty-eight feet. Now it is not likely that a 
 really exact copy on a small scale could possibly have 
 been made from such a statue, nor, if one had been 
 made, would it have given the effect of the original. 
 With this warning laid well to heart the reader may 
 venture to examine that one among our copies which 
 makes the greatest attempt at exactitude (Fig. 118). 
 It is a statuette, not quite 3^ feet high with the basis, 
 found in Athens in 1880. The goddess stands with her 
 left leg bent a little and pushed to one side. She is 
 dressed in a heavy Doric chiton, open at the side. The 
 girdle, whose ends take the form of snakes' heads, is 
 
 *A more truthful representation of this coin may be found in Gardner's 
 " Types of Greek Coins," PI. XV., 19.
 
 The Great Age of Greek Sculpture. 
 
 187 
 
 worn outside the doubled-over portion of the garment. 
 Above it the folds are carefully adjusted, drawn in sym- 
 metrically from both 
 sides toward the 
 middle ; in the lower 
 part of the figure 
 there is the common 
 vertical division into 
 two parts, owing to 
 the bending of one 
 leg. Over the chiton 
 is the aegis, much less 
 long behind than in 
 earlier art (cf. Fig. 
 98), fringed with 
 snakes' heads and 
 having a Gorgon' s 
 mask in front. The 
 helmet is an elabo- 
 rate affair with three 
 crests, the central one 
 supported by a 
 sphinx, the others by 
 winged horses ; the 
 hinged cheek-pieces 
 are turned up. At 
 the left of the god- 
 dess is her shield, 
 within which coils a 
 serpent. On her ex- 
 tended right hand 
 stands a Victory. 
 The face of Athena is the most disappointing part of it 
 all, but it is just there that the copyist must have failed 
 
 FIG. 118. REDUCED COPY OF THE ATHENA OF 
 THE PARTHENON. Athens, National Museum.
 
 i88 
 
 A History of Greek Art. 
 
 most completely. Only the eye of faith, or better, the 
 eye trained by much study of allied works, can divine in 
 
 this poor little figure 
 the majesty which 
 awed the beholder 
 of Phidias' s work. 
 
 Speculation has 
 been busy in at- 
 tempting to connect 
 other statues that 
 have been preserved 
 to us with the name 
 of Phidias. The 
 most probable case 
 that has yet been 
 made out concerns 
 two closely similar 
 marble figures in 
 Dresden, one of 
 which is shown in 
 Fig. 119. The head 
 of this statue is miss- 
 ing, but its place 
 has been supplied 
 by a cast of a head 
 in Bologna (Fig. 
 120), which has 
 been proved to be 
 another copy from 
 the same original. 
 This proof, about 
 which there seems 
 
 to be no room for 
 FIG. 119. ATHENA. Dresden. 
 
 (From Furtwangler, " Meistenverke," PI. II.) question, is due tO
 
 The Great Age of Greek Sculpture. 
 
 189 
 
 Professor Furtwiingler,* who argues further that the 
 statue as thus restored is a faithful copy of the Lemnian 
 Athena of Phidias, a bronze work which stood on the 
 Athenian Acropolis. The proof of this depends upon 
 (i) the resemblance in the standing position and in the 
 drapery of this figure to the Athena of the Parthenon, 
 and (2) the fact that Phidias is known to have made 
 a statue of Athena 
 (thought to be the 
 Lemnian Athena) 
 without a helmet on 
 the head a n ex- 
 ceptional, though 
 not wholly unique, 
 representation in 
 sculpture in the 
 round. 
 
 If this demon- 
 stration be thought 
 insufficient, there 
 cannot, at all events, 
 be much doubt that 
 we have here the copy 
 of an original of about 
 the middle of the fifth 
 century. The style is 
 severely simple, as 
 we ought to expect of 
 a religious work of 
 that period. The virginal face, conceived and wrought 
 with ineffable refinement, is as far removed from sensual 
 charm as from the ecstasy of a Madonna. The goddess 
 does not reveal herself as one who can be ' ' touched 
 
 FIG. 120. HEAD OF ATHENA. Bologna. 
 
 * " Masterpieces of Greek Sculpture," pages
 
 190 A History of Greek Art. 
 
 with a feeling of our infirmities ' ' ; but by the power of 
 her pure, passionless beauty she sways our minds and 
 hearts. 
 
 The supreme architectural achievement of the Peri- 
 clean age was the Parthenon, which crowned the Athe- 
 nian Acropolis. It appears to have been begun in 447, 
 and was roofed over and perhaps substantially finished 
 by 438. Its sculptures were more extensive than those 
 of any other Greek temple, comprising two pediment- 
 groups, the whole set of metopes of the exterior frieze, 
 ninety-two in number, and a continuous frieze of bas- 
 relief, 522 feet 10 inches in total length, surrounding the 
 cella and its vestibules (cf. Fig. 56). After serving its 
 original purpose for nearly a thousand years, the build- 
 ing was converted into a Christian church and then, in 
 the fifteenth century, into a Mohammedan mosque. In 
 1687 Athens was besieged by the forces of Venice. The 
 Parthenon was used by the Turks as a powder-magazine, 
 and was consequently made the target for the enemy's 
 shells. The result was an explosion, which converted 
 the building into a ruin. Of the sculptures which 
 escaped from this catastrophe, many small pieces were 
 carried off at the time or subsequently, while other pieces 
 were used as building stone or thrown into the lime-kiln. 
 Most of those which remained down to the beginning of 
 this century were acquired by Lord Elgin, acting under 
 a permission from the Turkish government (1801-3), 
 and in 1816 were bought for the British Museum. The 
 rest are in Athens, either in their original positions on 
 the building, or in the Acropolis Museum. 
 
 The best preserved metopes of the Parthenon belong 
 to the south side and represent scenes from the contest 
 between Lapiths and Centaurs (cf. page 174). These 
 metopes differ markedly in style from one another, and
 
 The Great Age of Greek Sculpture. 
 
 191 
 
 must have been not only executed, but designed, by 
 different hands. One 
 or two of them are 
 spiritless and uninter- 
 esting. Others, while 
 fine in their way, 
 show little vehemence 
 of action. Fig. 121 
 gives one of this class. 
 Fig. 122 is very dif- 
 ferent. In this "the 
 Lapith presses for- 
 ward, advancing his 
 left hand to seize the 
 rearing Centaur by 
 the throat, and forc- 
 ing him on his haunches 
 
 FIG. 121. PARTHENON METOPE. 
 London, British Museum. 
 
 the right arm of the Lapith is 
 drawn back, as if to 
 strike ; his right 
 hand, now wanting, 
 probably held a 
 
 sword The 
 
 Centaur, rearing up 
 against his antago- 
 nist, tries in vain to 
 pull away the left 
 hand of the Lapith, 
 which, in Carrey's 
 drawing [made in 
 1674] he grasps."* 
 Observe how skilfully 
 
 FIG. 122. PARTHENON METOPE. J 
 
 London, British Museum. the design is adapted 
 
 to the square field, so as to leave no unpleasant blank 
 
 * A. H. Smith, " Catalogue of Sculpture in the British Museum," page 136.
 
 192 
 
 A History of Greek Art, 
 
 spaces, how flowing and free from monotony are the 
 lines of the composition, how effective (in contrast with 
 Fig. 121) is the management of the drapery, and, 
 above all, what vigor is displayed in the attitudes. Fig. 
 
 123 is of kindred char- 
 acter. These two 
 metopes and two oth- 
 ers, one representing a 
 victorious Centaur 
 prancing in savage glee 
 over the body of his 
 prostrate foe, the other 
 showing a Lapith about 
 to strike a Centaur al- 
 ready wounded in the 
 back, are among the 
 very best works of 
 Greek sculpture pre- 
 served to us. 
 
 The Parthenon frieze presents an idealized picture of 
 the procession which wound its way upward from the 
 market-place to the Acropolis on the occasion of 
 Athena's chief festival. Fully to illustrate this exten- 
 sive and varied composition is out of the question here. 
 All that is possible is to give three or four representative 
 pieces and a few comments. Fig. 124 shows the best 
 preserved piece of the entire frieze. It belongs to a 
 company of divinities, seated to right and left of the 
 central group of the east front, and conceived as specta- 
 tors of the scene. The figure at the left of the illustra- 
 tion is almost certainly Posidon, and the others are 
 perhaps Apollo and Artemis. In Fig. 125 three youths 
 advance with measured step, carrying jars filled with 
 wine, while a fourth youth stoops to lift his jar ; at the 
 
 FIG. 123. PARTHENON METOPE. 
 London, British Museum.
 
 The Great Age of Greek Sculpture. 193 
 
 extreme right may be seen part of a flute-player, whose 
 figure was completed on the next slab. The attitudes and 
 draperies of the three advancing youths, though similar, 
 are subtly varied. So everywhere monotony is absent 
 from the frieze. Fig. 126 is taken from the most ani- 
 mated and crowded part of the design. Here Athenian 
 youths, in a great variety of dress and undress, dash 
 
 FIG. 124. PORTION OF SLAB OF PARTHENON FRIEZE (EAST). 
 Athens, Acropolis Museum. 
 
 forward on small, mettlesome horses. Owing to the 
 principle of isoccphaly (cf. page 145), the mounted men 
 are of smaller dimensions than those on foot, but the 
 difference does not offend the eye. In Fig. 127 we 
 have, on a somewhat larger scale, the heads of four 
 chariot-horses instinct with fiery life. Fig. 132 may 
 also be consulted. An endless variety in attitude and 
 spirit, from the calm of the ever-blessed gods to the 
 most impetuous movement ; grace and harmony of line ;
 
 194 A History of Greek Art. 
 
 an almost faultless execution such are some of the 
 qualities which make the Parthenon frieze the source 
 of inexhaustible delight. 
 
 The composition of the group in the western pedi- 
 ment is' fairly well known, thanks to a French artist, 
 Jacques Carrey, who made a drawing of it in 1674, when 
 
 FIG. 125. SLAB OF PARTHENON FRIEZE (NORTH). 
 Athens, Acropolis Museum. 
 
 it was still in tolerable preservation. The subject was, 
 in the words of Pausanias, ' ' the strife of Posidon with 
 Athena for the land" of Attica. In the eastern pedi- 
 ment the subject was the birth of Athena. The central 
 figures, eleven in number, had disappeared long before 
 Carrey's time, having probably been removed when the 
 temple was converted into a church. On the other 
 hand, the figures near the angles have been better 
 preserved than any of those from the western pediment,
 
 The Great Age of Greek Sculpture, 
 
 195 
 
 with one exception. The names of these eastern figures 
 have been the subject of endless guess-work. All that 
 is really certain is that at the southern corner Helios 
 (the Sun-god) was emerging from the sea in a chariot 
 drawn by four horses, and at the northern corner Selene 
 (the Moon-goddess) or perhaps Nyx ( Night) was 
 descending in a similar chariot. Fig. 128 is the figure 
 that was placed next to the horses of Helios. The 
 young god or hero reclines in an easy attitude on a 
 rock ; under him are spread his mantle and the skin of 
 
 FIG. 126. PORTIONS OF Two SLABS OF PARTHENON FRIEZE (NORTH). 
 London, British Museum. 
 
 a panther or some such animal. In Fig. 1 29 we have, 
 beginning on the right, the head of one of Selene's 
 horses and the torso of the goddess herself, then a group 
 of three closely connected female figures, known as the 
 "Three Fates," seated or reclining on uneven, rocky 
 ground, and last the body and thighs of a winged god-
 
 196 
 
 A History of Greek Art. 
 
 dess, Victory or Iris, perhaps belonging in the western 
 pediment. Fig. 130, from the northern corner of the 
 western pediment, is commonly taken for a river-god. 
 
 We possess but the broken remnants of these two 
 pediment-groups, and the key to the interpretation of 
 much that we do' possess is lost. We cannot then fully 
 appreciate the intention of the great artist who conceived 
 these works. Yet even in their ruin and their isolation 
 
 FIG. 127. HEADS OF CHARIOT-HORSES, FROM PARTHENON FRIKZK (SOUTH). 
 
 London, British Museum. (From the authorized Rrantwood edition 
 
 of Ruskin's "Aratra Pentelici," PI. XIII., by permission 
 
 of Maynard, Merrill, & Co.) 
 
 the pediment-figures of the Parthenon are the sublimest 
 creations of Greek art that have escaped annihilation. 
 
 We have no ancient testimony as to the authorship of 
 the Parthenon sculptures, beyond the statement of 
 Plutarch, quoted above, that Phidias was the general
 
 The Great Age of Greek Sculpture. 
 
 197 
 
 superintendent of all artistic works undertaken during 
 Pericles' s administration. If this statement be true, it 
 still leaves open a wide range of conjecture as to the 
 nature and extent of his responsibility in this particular 
 case. Appealing to the sculptures themselves for infor- 
 mation, we find among the metopes such differences of 
 
 FIG. 128. SO-CALLED " THESEUS " OF THE PARTHENON. 
 London, British Museum. 
 
 style as exclude the notion of single authorship. With the 
 frieze and the pediment-groups, however, the case is dif- 
 ferent. Each of these three compositions must, of course, 
 have been designed by one master-artist and executed 
 by or with the help of subordinate artists or workmen. 
 Now the pediment-groups, so far as preserved, strongly 
 suggest a single presiding genius for both, and there is 
 no difficulty in ascribing the design of the frieze to the 
 same artist. Was it Phidias? The question has been 
 much agitated of late years, but the evidence at our dis-
 
 198 
 
 A History of Greek Art. 
 
 FIG. 129. GROUP OF PEDIMENT-FIGURES FROM THE PARTHENON. 
 London, British Museum. 
 
 posal does not admit of a decisive answer. The great 
 argument for Phidias lies in the incomparable merit of 
 these works ; and with the probability that his genius is 
 
 FIG. 130. SO-CALLED "ILISSOS" OF THE PARTHENON. 
 London, British Museum. 
 
 here in some degree revealed to us we must needs be 
 content. After all, it is of much less consequence to be
 
 The Great Age of Greek Sculpture. 
 
 199 
 
 assured of the master's name than to know and enjoy 
 the masterpieces themselves. 
 
 The great statesman under whose administration these 
 immortal sculptures were produced was commemorated 
 by a portrait statue 
 or head, set up 
 during his lifetime 
 on the Athenian 
 Acropolis ; it was 
 from the hand of 
 Cresilas, of Cydonia 
 in Crete. It is per- 
 haps this portrait of 
 which copies have 
 come down to us. 
 The best of these is 
 given in Fig. 131. 
 The features are, we 
 may believe, the 
 authentic features of 
 Pericles, somewhat 
 idealized, according 
 to the custom of 
 portraiture in this 
 age. The helmet 
 characterizes the 
 wearer as general. 
 
 The artistic activ- 
 ity in Athens did 
 not cease with the 
 outbreak of the 
 Peloponnesian War 
 in 431. The city was full of sculptors, many of whom 
 had come directly under the influence of Phidias, and 
 
 FIG. 131. HEAD OF PERICLES. 
 London, British Museum.
 
 2Oo A History of Greek Art. 
 
 they were not left idle. The demand from private indi- 
 viduals for votive sculptures and funeral reliefs must in- 
 deed have been abated, but was not extinguished ; and 
 in the intervals of the protracted war the state undertook 
 important enterprises with an undaunted spirit. It is to 
 this period that the Erechtheum probably belongs 
 (42o?~4o8), though all that we certainly know is that 
 the building was nearly finished some time before 409 
 and that the work was resumed in that year. The tem- 
 ple had a sculptured frieze of which fragments are extant, 
 but these are far surpassed in interest by the Caryatides 
 of the southern porch (Fig. 67). The name Cary- 
 atides, by the way, meets us first in the pages of Vitru- 
 vius, a Roman architect of the time of Augustus ; a 
 contemporary Athenian inscription, to which we are 
 indebted for many details concerning the building, calls 
 them simply ' ' maidens. ' ' As you face the front of the 
 porch, the three maidens on your right support them- 
 selves chiefly on the left leg, the three on your left on 
 the right leg (Fig. 132), so that the leg in action is the 
 one nearer to the end of the porch. The arms hung 
 straight at the sides, one of them grasping a corner 
 of the small mantle. The pose and drapery show what 
 Attic sculpture had made of the old Peloponnesian 
 type of standing female figure in the Doric chiton (cf. 
 page 177). The fall of the garment preserves the same 
 general features, but the stuff has become much more 
 pliable. It is interesting to note that, in spite of a close 
 general similarity, no two maidens are exactly alike, as 
 they would have been if they had been reproduced 
 mechanically from a finished model. These subtle 
 variations are among the secrets of the beauty of this 
 porch, as they are of the Parthenon frieze. One may 
 be permitted to object altogether to die use of human
 
 The Great Age of Greek Sculpture. 201 
 
 figures as architectural supports, but if the thing was to 
 be done at all, it could not have been better done. The 
 weight that -the maidens bear is comparatively small, 
 and their figures are as strong as they are graceful. 
 
 FIG. 132. CARYATID FROM THE ERECHTHEUM. London, British Museum. 
 
 To the period of the Peloponnesian War may also be 
 assigned a sculptured balustrade which inclosed and 
 protected the precinct of the little Temple of Wingless 
 Victory on the Acropolis (Fig. 70). One slab of this 
 balustrade is shown in Fig. 133. It represents a
 
 202 
 
 A History of Greek Art. 
 
 winged Victory stooping to tie (or, as some will have 
 it, to untie) her sandal. The soft Ionic chiton, clinging 
 to the form, reminds one of the drapery of the reclining 
 goddess from the eastern pediment of the Parthenon 
 
 (Fig. 129), but it 
 finds its closest 
 analogy, among dat- 
 able sculptures, in a 
 fragment of relief 
 recently found at 
 Rhamnus in Attica. 
 This belonged to 
 the pedestal of a 
 statue by Agoracri- 
 tus, one of the most 
 famous pupils of 
 Phidias. 
 
 The Attic grave- 
 relief given in Fig. 
 1 34 seems to belong 
 somewhere near the 
 end of the fifth cen- 
 tury. The subject 
 is a common one 
 on this class of mon- 
 uments, but is 
 nowhere else so ex- 
 quisitely treated. 
 There is no allusion to the fact of death. Hegeso, the 
 deceased lady, is seated and is holding up a necklace or 
 some such object (originally, it may be supposed, indi- 
 cated by color), which she has just taken from the jewel- 
 box held out by the standing slave-woman. Another 
 fine grave-relief (Fig. 135) may be introduced here, 
 
 FIG. 133. RELIEF OF A VICTORY. 
 Athens, Acropolis Museum.
 
 The Great Age of Greek Sculpture. 
 
 203 
 
 FIG. 134. GRAVE-RELIEF OF HEGESO. Athens, Dipylon Cemetery. 
 
 though it perhaps belongs to the beginning of the fourth 
 century rather than to the end of the fifth. It must 
 commemorate some young Athenian cavalryman. It
 
 204 
 
 A History of Greek Art. 
 
 is characteristic that the relief ignores his death and 
 represents him in a moment of victory. Observe that 
 on both these monuments there is no attempt at real- 
 istic portraiture and that on both we may trace the 
 influence of the style of the Parthenon frieze. 
 
 Among the other bas-reliefs which show that influence 
 there is no difficulty in choosing one of exceptional 
 beauty, the so-called Orpheus relief (Fig. 136). This 
 
 FIG. 135. ATTIC GRAVE-RELIEF. Rome, Villa Albani. 
 
 is known to us in three copies, unless indeed the Naples 
 example be the original. The'story here set forth is one 
 of the most touching in Greek mythology. Orpheus, 
 the Thracian singer, has descended into Hades in quest 
 of his dead wife, Eurydice, and has so charmed by his 
 music the stern Persephone that she has suffered him to 
 lead back his wife to the upper air, provided only he 
 will not look upon her on the way. But love has over-
 
 The Great Age of Greek Sculpture. 205 
 
 come him. He has turned and looked, and the doom of 
 an irrevocable parting is sealed. In no unseemly 
 
 FIG. 136. RELIEF REPRESENTING ORPHEUS, EURYDICE, AND HERMES. 
 Naples. 
 
 paroxysm of grief, but tenderly, sadly, they look their 
 last at one another, while Hermes, guide of departed 
 spirits, makes gentle signal for the wife's return. In the 
 chastened pathos of this scene we have the quintessence
 
 2o6 A History of Greek Art. 
 
 of the temper of Greek art in dealing with the fact of 
 death. 
 
 Turning now from Athens to Argos, which, though 
 politically weak, was artistically the rival of Athens in 
 importance, we find Polyclitus the dominant master 
 there, as Phidias was in the other city. Polyclitus sur- 
 vived Phidias and may have been the younger of the 
 two. The only certain thing is that he was in the 
 plenitude of his powers as late as 420, for his gold and 
 ivory statue of Hera was made for a temple built to re- 
 place an earlier temple destroyed by fire in 423. His 
 principal material was bronze. As regards subjects, his 
 great specialty was the representation of youthful 
 athletes. His reputation in his own day and afterwards 
 was of the highest ; there were those who ranked him 
 above Phidias. Thus Xenophon represents* an Athenian 
 as assigning to Polyclitus a preeminence in sculpture 
 like that of Homer in epic poetry and that of Sophocles 
 in tragedy ; and Strabof pronounced his gold and ivory 
 statues in the Temple of Hera near Argos the finest in 
 artistic merit among all such works, though inferior to 
 those of Phidias in size and costliness. But probably the 
 more usual verdict was that reported by Quintilian,J 
 which, applauding as unrivaled his rendering of the 
 human form, found his divinities lacking in majesty. 
 
 In view of the exalted rank assigned to Polyclitus by 
 Greek and Roman judgment, his identifiable works are 
 a little disappointing. His Doryphorus, a bronze 
 figure of a young athlete holding a spear such as was 
 used in the pentathlon ((/". page 168), exists in numerous 
 copies. The Naples copy (Fig. 137), found in Pompeii 
 
 * Memorabilia I., 4, 3 (written about 390 B. C.). 
 
 t VIII., page 372 (written about 18 A. D.). 
 
 J De Institutione Oratorio XII., 10, 7 (written about 90 A. D.).
 
 The Great Age of Greek Sculpture. 
 
 207 
 
 in 1797, is the best preserved, being substantially 
 antique throughout, but is of indifferent workmanship. 
 The young man, of 
 massive build, 
 stands supporting 
 his weight on the 
 right leg ; the left 
 is bent backward 
 from the knee, 
 the foot touching 
 the ground only 
 in front. Thus the 
 body is a good deal 
 curved. This atti- 
 tude is an advance 
 upon any standing 
 motive attained 
 in the "Tran- 
 sitional period" 
 (cf. page 165). It 
 was much used by 
 Polyclitus, and is 
 one of the marks 
 by which statues 
 of his may be 
 recognized. The 
 head of the Dory- 
 phorus, as seen 
 from the side, is 
 more nearly rec- 
 tangular tnan FlG> I37 ._ COPY OF THE DORYPHORUS OF POLY- 
 the usual Attic CL1TUS - Naples - 
 
 heads of the period, e. g. , in the Parthenon frieze. For 
 the characteristic face our best guide is a bronze copy
 
 208 
 
 A History of Greek Art. 
 
 of the head from Herculaneum (Fig. 138), to which 
 our illustration does less than justice. 
 
 A strong likeness to the Doryphorus exists in a whole 
 series of youthful athletes, which are therefore with 
 probability traced to Polyclitus as their author or 
 
 inspirer. Such is a 
 statue of a boy in 
 Dresden, of which 
 the head is shown 
 in Fig. 139. One 
 of these obviously 
 allied works can be 
 identified with a 
 statue by Polyclitus 
 known to us from 
 our literary sources. 
 It is the so-called 
 Diadumenos, a 
 youth binding the 
 fillet of victory 
 about his head. 
 This exists in sev- 
 eral copies, the best 
 of which has been 
 Na P' es - recently found on 
 
 the island of Delos and is not yet published. 
 
 An interesting statue of a different order, very often 
 attributed to Polyclitus, may with less of confidence be 
 accepted as his. Our illustration (Fig. 140) is taken 
 from the Berlin copy of this statue, in which the arms, 
 pillar, nose, and feet are modern, but are guaranteed by 
 other existing copies. It is the figure of an Amazon, 
 who has been wounded in the right breast. She leans 
 upon a support at her left side and raises her right hand 
 
 FIG. 138. BRONZE COPY OF THE HEAD OF THE 
 DORYPHORUS.
 
 The Great Age of Greek Sculpture. 209 
 
 to her head in an attitude perhaps intended to suggest 
 exhaustion, yet hardly suitable to the position of the 
 wound. The attitude of the figure, especially the legs, 
 is very like that of the Doryphorus, and the face is 
 thought by many to show a family likeness to his. 
 There are three other types of Amazon which seem to be 
 connected with this one, but the mutual relations of 
 the four types are too perplexing to be here discussed. 
 It is a welcome change to turn from copies to 
 originals. The American School of Classical Studies at 
 Athens has carried on excavations (1890-95) on the site 
 of the famous sanct- 
 uary of Hera near 
 Argos, and has un- 
 covered the foun- 
 dations both of the 
 earlier temple, 
 burned in 423, and 
 of the later temple, 
 in which stood the 
 gold and ivory im- 
 age by Polyclitus, 
 as well as of adjacent 
 buildings. Besides 
 many other objects 
 of interest, there 
 have been brought 
 to light several frag- 
 ments of the meto- 
 
 FIG. 139. HEAD OF A BOY. AFTER POLYCLITUS. 
 
 DCS of the Second Dresden. (From Furtwangler, " Meis- 
 
 terwerke," PI. XXVII.) 
 
 temple, which, to- 
 gether with a few fragments from the same source found 
 earlier, form a precious collection of materials for the 
 study of the Argive school of sculpture of about 420.
 
 210 
 
 A History of Greek Art. 
 
 Still more interesting, at least to such as are not 
 
 specialists, is a head 
 which was found on 
 the same site (Fig. 
 141), and which, to 
 judge by its style, 
 must date from the 
 same period. It is 
 a good illustration 
 of the uncertainty 
 which besets the at- 
 tempt to classify 
 extant Greek sculp- 
 tures into local 
 schools that this 
 head has been 
 claimed with equal 
 confidence as Ar- 
 give* and as Attic 
 in style. In truth, 
 Argive and Attic art 
 had so acted and 
 reacted upon one 
 another that it is 
 small wonder if their 
 productions are in 
 some cases indis- 
 tinguishable by us. 
 The last remark 
 applies also to the 
 
 FIG. 140. WOUNDED AMAZON, PERHAPS AFTER bronze Statue shown 
 
 in Fig. 142, which 
 is believed by high authorities to be an original Greek 
 
 * So by Professor Charles Waldstein, who directed the excavations.
 
 The Great Age of Greek Sculpture. 211 
 
 work and which has been claimed both for Athens and 
 for Argos. The standing position, while not identical 
 with that of the Doryphorus, the Diadumenos, and the 
 wounded Amazon, is strikingly similar, as is also the 
 
 FIG. 141. HEAD FROM THE ARGIVE 
 
 Athens, National Museum. (From " Excavations of the American 
 School of Athens at the Heraion of Argos, 1892," PI. V.) 
 
 form of the head. At all events, the statue is a fine ex- 
 ample of apparently unstudied ease, of that consum- 
 mate art which conceals itself. 
 
 The only sculptor of the fifth century who is at once
 
 212 
 
 A History of Greek Art. 
 
 known to us from literary tradition and represented 
 by an authenticated and original work is Paeonius of 
 
 Mende in Thrace. 
 He was an artist of 
 secondary rank, if 
 we may judge from 
 the fact that his 
 name occurs only in 
 Pausanias; but in 
 the brilliant period 
 of Greek history 
 even secondary 
 artists were capable 
 of work which less 
 fortunate ages could 
 not rival. Pausa- 
 nias mentions a Vic- 
 tory by Paeonius at 
 Olympia, a votive 
 offering of the Mes- 
 senians for successes 
 gained in war. Por- 
 tions of the pedestal 
 of this statue with 
 the dedicatory in- 
 scription and the 
 artist's signature 
 were found on De- 
 FIG. M2.-THK "IDOLINO." cember 20, 1875, at 
 
 Florence, Archaeological Museum. fa e beginning of 
 
 the German excavations, and the mutilated statue itself 
 on the following day (Fig. 143). A restoration of the 
 figure by a German sculptor (Fig. 144) may be trusted 
 for nearly everything but the face. The goddess is
 
 The Great Age of Greek Sculpture. 213 
 
 represented in descending flight. Poised upon a trian- 
 gular pedestal about thirty feet high, she seems all 
 but independent of support. Her draperies, blown by 
 the wind, form a background for her figure. An eagle 
 at her feet suggests 
 the element through 
 which she moves. 
 Never was a more 
 audacious design 
 executed in marble. 
 Yet it does not im- 
 press us chiefly as a 
 tour de force. The 
 beholder forgets the 
 triumph over mate- 
 rial difficulties in the 
 sense of buoyancy, 
 speed, and grace 
 which the figure in- 
 spires. Pausanias 
 records that the 
 Messenians of his 
 day believed the 
 statue to commem- 
 orate an event which 
 happened in 425, 
 while he himself 
 preferred to con- 
 nect it with an event of 453. The inscription on the 
 pedestal is indecisive on this point. It runs in these 
 terms: "The Messenians and Naupactians dedicated 
 [this statue] to the Olympian Zeus, as a tithe [of the 
 spoils] from their enemies. Paeonius of Mende made it ; 
 and he was victorious [over his competitors] in making 
 
 FIG. 143. VICTORY OF PAEONIUS. Olympia.
 
 2I 4 
 
 A History of Greek Art. 
 
 the acroteria for the temple." The later of the two 
 dates mentioned by Pausanias has been generally ac- 
 
 _J 
 
 FIG. 144. VICTORY OF P/EONIUS, RESTORED. 
 (From Botticher, " Olympia," PI. XIII.) 
 
 cepted, though not without recent protest. This would 
 give about the year 423 for the completion and erection 
 of this statue.
 
 CHAPTER IX. 
 
 THE GREAT AGE OF GREEK SCULPTURE. SECOND 
 PERIOD : 400-323 B. C. 
 
 IN the fourth century art became even more cosmo- 
 politan than before. The distinctions between local 
 schools were nearly effaced and the question of an 
 artist's birthplace or residence ceases to have much im- 
 portance. Athens, however, maintained her artistic pre- 
 eminence through the first half or more of the century. 
 Several of the most eminent sculptors of the period were 
 certainly or probably Athenians, and others appear to 
 have made Athens their home for a longer or shorter 
 time. It is therefore common to speak of a " younger 
 Attic school," whose members would include most of the 
 notable sculptors of this period. What the tendencies 
 of the times were will best be seen by studying the most 
 eminent representatives of this group or school. 
 
 The first great name to meet us is that of Scopas of 
 Paros. His artistic career seems to have begun early in 
 the fourth century, for he was the architect of a temple 
 of Athena at Tegea in Arcadia which was built to replace 
 one destroyed by fire in 395-4. He was active as late 
 as the middle of the century, being one of four sculptors 
 engaged on the reliefs of the Mausoleum or funeral 
 monument of Maussollus, satrap of Caria, who died in 
 351-0, or perhaps two years earlier. That is about all 
 we know of his life, for it is hardly more than a conjec- 
 ture that he took up his abode in Athens for a term of 
 
 215
 
 216 
 
 A History of Greek Art. 
 
 years. The works of his hands were widely distributed 
 in Greece proper and on the coast of Asia Minor. 
 
 Until lately nothing very definite was known of the 
 style of Scopas. While numerous statues by him, all 
 representing divinities or other imaginary beings, are 
 mentioned in our literary sources, Only one of these is 
 described in such a way as to give any notion of its 
 artistic character. This was a Maenad, or female at- 
 tendant of the god Bacchus, . who was represented in a 
 frenzy of religious excitement. The theme suggests a 
 strong tendency on the part of Scopas toward emotional 
 expression, but this inference does not carry us very far. 
 The study of Scopas has entered upon a new stage 
 since some fragments of sculpture belonging to the 
 
 Temple of Athena at 
 Tegea have ^become 
 known. The presump- 
 tion is that, as Scopas 
 was the architect of the 
 building, he also de- 
 signed, if he did not 
 execute, the pediment- 
 sculptures. If this be 
 true, then we have at 
 last authentic, though 
 scanty, evidence of his 
 style. The fragments 
 thus far discovered con- 
 sist of little more than 
 two human heads and a 
 boar's head. One of the 
 human heads is here reproduced (Fig. 145). Sadly 
 mutilated as it is, is has become possible by its help and 
 that of its fellow to recognize with great probability the 
 
 FIG. 145. HEAD FROM TEGEA. 
 Athens, National Museum.
 
 The Great Age of Greek Sculpture. 217 
 
 authorship of Scopas in a whole group of allied works. 
 Not to dwell on anatomical details, which need casts for 
 their proper illustration, the obvious characteristic mark 
 of Scopadean heads is a tragic intensity of expression 
 unknown to earlier Greek art. It is this which makes 
 the Tegea heads so 
 impressive in spite 
 of the " rude wast- 
 ing of old Time." 
 
 The magnificent 
 head of Meleager in 
 the garden of the 
 Villa Medici in 
 Rome (Fig. 146) 
 shows this same 
 quality. A fiery 
 eagerness of temper 
 animates the mar- 
 ble, and a certain 
 pathos, as if born of 
 a consciousness of 
 approaching doom. 
 So masterly is the 
 workmanship here, FlG I46 ._H EAD OF MELE AGER. 
 
 cr> iift-p>rKr r<=>m n vi=>rl Rome, Villa Medici. (From the Antike Denk- 
 
 mdler, I., PI. XL.) 
 
 from the mechan- 
 ical, uninspired manner of Roman copyists, that this 
 head has been claimed as an original from the hand of 
 Scopas, and so it may well be. Something of the same 
 character belongs to a head of a goddess in Athens, 
 shown in Fig. 147. 
 
 Fig. 148 introduces us to another tendency of fourth 
 century art. The group represents Eirene and Plutus 
 (Peace and Plenty). It is in all probability a copy of a
 
 218 
 
 A History of Greek Art. 
 
 bronze work by Cephisodotus, which stood in Athens 
 and was set up, it is conjectured, soon after 375, the 
 year in which the worship of Eirene was officially estab- 
 lished in Athens. The head of the child is antique, but 
 does not belong to the figure ; copies of the child with 
 
 the true head ex- 
 ist in Athens and 
 Dresden. The 
 principal modern 
 parts are : the 
 right arm of the 
 goddess (which 
 should hold a 
 scepter), her left 
 hand with the 
 vase, and both 
 arms of the child; 
 in place of the 
 vase there should 
 be a small horn 
 of plenty, resting 
 on the child's left 
 arm. The senti- 
 ment of this 
 group is such as 
 we have not met 
 before. The 
 tenderness ex- 
 pressed by Eirene' s posture is as characteristic of the 
 new era as the intensity of look in the head from Tegea. 
 Cephisodotus was probably a near relative of a much 
 greater sculptor, Praxiteles, perhaps his father. Prax- 
 iteles is better known to us than any other Greek artist. 
 For we have, to begin with, one authenticated original 
 
 FIG. 147. HEAD OF A GODDESS. 
 Athens, National Museum.
 
 The Great Age of Greek Sculpture. 219 
 
 statue from his hand, besides three fourths of a bas-relief 
 probably executed under his direction. In the second 
 place, we can 
 gather from 
 our literary 
 sources a cat- 
 alogue of 
 toward fifty of 
 his works, a 
 larger list than 
 can be made 
 out for any 
 other sculptor. 
 Moreover, of 
 several pieces 
 we get really 
 enlightening 
 descriptions, 
 and there are 
 in addition one 
 or two valua- 
 ble general 
 comments on 
 his style. Fi- 
 nally two of his 
 statues that 
 are mentioned 
 in literature 
 can be identi- 
 fied with suf- 
 ficient certain- 
 ty in copies. 
 
 The basis of judgment is thus wide enough to warrant us 
 in bringing numerous other works into relation with him. 
 
 FIG. 148. EIRENK AND PLUTUS. Munich.
 
 220 
 
 A History of Greek Art. 
 
 FIG. 149. HKRMBS, BY PRAXITKLES. Olytnpia. 
 
 About his life, 
 however, we 
 know, as in other 
 cases, next to 
 nothing. He was 
 an Athenian and 
 must have been 
 somewhere near 
 the age of Sco- 
 pas, though 
 seemingly rather 
 younger. Pliny 
 gives the h u n - 
 dred and fourth 
 Olympiad (370- 
 66) as the date 
 at which he 
 flourished, but 
 this was probably 
 about the begin- 
 ning of his artistic 
 career. Only one 
 anecdote is told 
 of him which is 
 worth repeating 
 here. When 
 asked what ones 
 among his mar- 
 ble statues he 
 rated highest he 
 answered that 
 those which 
 Nicias had tinted 
 were the best.
 
 The Great Age of Greek Sculpture. 221 
 
 Nicias was an eminent painter of the period (see page 
 282, foot-note). 
 
 The place of honor in any treatment of Praxiteles 
 
 FIG. 150. HEAD AND BODY OF THE HERMES OF PRAXITELES. Olympia. 
 
 must be given to the Hermes with the infant Dionysus 
 on his arm (Figs. 149, 150). This statue was found on 
 May 8, 1877, in the Temple of Hera at Olympia, lying 
 in front of its pedestal. Here it had stood when Pau-
 
 222 A History of Greek Art. 
 
 sanias saw it and recorded that it was the work of 
 Praxiteles. The legs of Hermes below the knees have 
 been restored in plaster (only the right foot being 
 antique), and so have the arms of Dionysus. Except 
 for the loss of the right arm and the lower legs, the 
 figure of Hermes is in admirable preservation, the surface 
 being uninjured. Some notion of the luminosity of the 
 Parian marble may be gained from Fig. 1 50. 
 
 Hermes is taking the new-born Dionysus to the 
 Nymphs to be reared by them. Pausing on his way, he 
 has thrown his mantle over a convenient tree-trunk and 
 leans upon it with the arm that holds the child. In his 
 closed left hand he doubtless carried his herald's wand ; 
 the lost right hand must have held up some object 
 bunch of grapes or what-not for the entertainment of 
 the little god. The latter is not truthfully proportioned ; 
 in common with almost all sculptors before the time of 
 Alexander, Praxiteles seems to have paid very little 
 attention to the characteristic forms of infancy. But the 
 Hermes is of unapproachable perfection. His symmet- 
 rical figure, which looks slender in comparison with the 
 Doryphorus of Polyclitus, is athletic without exaggera- 
 tion, and is modeled with faultless skill. The attitude, 
 with the weight supported chiefly by the right leg and 
 left arm, gives to the body a graceful curve which 
 Praxiteles loved. It is the last stage in the long de- 
 velopment of an easy standing pose. The head is of 
 the round Attic form, contrasting with the squarer 
 Peloponnesian type ; the face a fine oval. The lower 
 part of the forehead between the temples is prominent ; 
 the nose not quite straight, but slightly arched at the 
 middle. The whole expression is one of indescribable 
 refinement and radiance. The hair, short and curly, 
 illustrates the possibilities of marble in the treatment of
 
 The Great Age of Greek Sculpture. 223 
 
 that feature ; in place of the wiry appearance of hair in 
 bronze we find here a slight roughness of surface, 
 suggestive of the soft texture of actual hair (cf. Fig. 
 146 and contrast Fig. 138). The drapery that falls 
 over the tree-trunk is treated with a degree of elabora- 
 tion and richness which does not occur in fifth century 
 work ; but beautiful as it is, it is kept subordinate and 
 does not unduly attract our attention. 
 
 For us the Hermes stands alone and without a rival. 
 The statue, however, did not in antiquity enjoy any 
 extraordinary celebrity, and is in fact not even men- 
 tioned in extant literature except by Pausanias. The 
 most famous work of Praxiteles was the Aphrodite of 
 Cnidus in southwestern Asia Minor. This was a 
 temple-statue ; yet the sculptor, departing from the 
 practice of earlier times, did not scruple to represent 
 the goddess as nude. With the help of certain imperial 
 coins of Cnidus this Aphrodite has been identified in a 
 great number of copies. She is in the act of dropping 
 her garment from her left hand in preparation for a 
 bath ; she supports herself chiefly by the right leg, and 
 the body has a curve approaching that of the Hermes, 
 though here no part of the weight is thrown upon the 
 arm. The subject is treated with consummate delicacy, 
 far removed from the sensuality too usual in a later age ; 
 and yet, when this embodiment of Aphrodite is com- 
 pared with fifth century ideals, it must be recognized as 
 illustrating a growing fondness on the part of sculptor 
 and public for the representation of physical charm. 
 Not being able to offer a satisfactory illustration of the 
 whole statue, I have chosen for reproduction a copy of 
 the head alone (Fig. 151). It will help the reader to 
 divine the simple loveliness of the original. 
 
 Pliny mentions among the works in bronze by Prax-
 
 224 
 
 A History of Greek Art. 
 
 iteles a youthful Apollo, called " Sauroctonos " (Lizard- 
 slayer). Fig. 152 is a marble copy of this, considerably 
 restored. The god, conceived in the likeness of a 
 beautiful boy, leans against a tree, preparing to stab a 
 
 lizard with an arrow, 
 which should be in 
 the right hand. The 
 graceful, leaning 
 pose and the soft 
 beauty of the youth- 
 ful face and flesh are 
 characteristically 
 Praxitelean. 
 
 Two or three 
 satyrs by Praxiteles 
 are mentioned by 
 Greek and Roman 
 writers, and an an- 
 ecdote is told by 
 Pausanias which im- 
 plies that one of 
 them enjoyed an ex- 
 
 FIG. 151. COPY OF THE HEAD OF THE APHRO- t J * 
 
 DITE OFCNIDUS. Berlin, in private possession. CCDtional fame. LJn- 
 ( From the Antike Denkmaler, I. , page 30.) * 
 
 fortunately they are 
 
 not described ; but among the many satyrs to be found 
 in museums of ancient sculpture there are two types in 
 which the style of Praxiteles, as we have now learned to 
 know it, is so strongly marked that we can hardly go 
 wrong in ascribing them both to him. Both exist in 
 numerous copies. Our illustration of the first (Fig. 
 153) is taken from the copy of which Hawthorne wrote, 
 so subtle a description in ' ' The Marble Faun. ' ' The 
 statue is somewhat restored, but the restoration is not 
 open to doubt, except as regards the single pipe held in
 
 The Great Age of Greek Sculpture. 
 
 225 
 
 the right hand. No animal characteristic is to be found 
 here save the pointed ears ; the face, however, retains a 
 suggestion of the traditional satyr-type. ' ' The whole 
 statue, unlike anything else that ever was wrought in 
 that severe material of marble, conveys the idea of an 
 amiable and sensual creature easy, mirthful, apt for 
 jollity, yet not incapable of being touched by pathos. ' ' * 
 
 In the Palermo 
 copy of the other 
 Praxitelean satyr 
 (Fig. 1 54) the right 
 arm is modern, but 
 the restoration is 
 substantially c o r - 
 rect. The face of 
 this statue has 
 purely Greek fea- 
 tures, and only the 
 pointed ears remain 
 to betray the mix- 
 ture of animal na- 
 ture with the human 
 form. The original 
 was probably of 
 bronze. 
 
 With Fig. 155 we 
 revert from copies 
 to an original work. 
 This is one of three 
 slabs which proba- 
 bly decorated the 
 pedestal of a group by Praxiteles representing Apollo, 
 Leto, and Artemis ; a fourth slab, needed to complete 
 
 * Hawthorne, "The Marble Faun," Vol. I., Chapter I. 
 
 FIG. 152. COPY OF THE APOLLO SAUROCTONOS. 
 Rome, Vatican Museum.
 
 226 
 
 A History of Greek Art. 
 
 FIG. 153. LEANING SATYR. 
 Museum. 
 
 Rome, Capitoline 
 
 the series, has not 
 been found. The 
 presumption is 
 strong that these 
 reliefs were exe- 
 cuted under the 
 direction of Prax- 
 iteles, perhaps 
 from his design. 
 The subject of one 
 slab is the musical 
 contest between 
 Apollo and Mar- 
 syas, while the 
 other two bear 
 figures of Muses. 
 The latter are 
 posed and draped 
 with that delightful 
 grace of which 
 Praxiteles was 
 master, and with 
 which he seems to 
 have inspired his 
 pupils. The ex- 
 ecution, however, 
 is not quite fault- 
 less, as witness 
 the distortion in 
 the right lower leg 
 of the seated Muse 
 in Fig. 155 other- 
 wise an exquisite 
 figure.
 
 The Great Age of Greek Sculpture. 
 
 227 
 
 Among the many other works that have been claimed 
 for Praxiteles on grounds of style, I venture to single 
 out one (Fig. 
 156). The illus- 
 tration is taken 
 from one of sev- 
 eral copies of a 
 lost original, 
 which, if it was 
 not by Praxiteles 
 himself, was by 
 some one who 
 had marvelously 
 caught his spirit. 
 That it represents 
 the goddess Ar- 
 temis we may 
 probably infer 
 from the short 
 chiton, an ap- 
 propriate gar- 
 ment often worn 
 by the divine 
 huntress, but not 
 by human maid- 
 ens. Otherwise 
 the goddess has 
 no conventional 
 attribute to mark 
 her divinity. She 
 is just a beautiful 
 girl, engaged in fastening her mantle together with a 
 brooch. In this way of conceiving a goddess, we see 
 the same spirit that created the Apollo Sauroctonos. 
 
 FIG. 154. SATYR POURING WINE. Palermo.
 
 228 A History of Greek Art. 
 
 The genius of Praxiteles, as thus far revealed to us, 
 was preeminently sunny, drawn toward what is fair and 
 graceful and untroubled, and ignoring what is tragic in 
 human existence. This view of him is confirmed by 
 what is known from literature of his subjects. The list 
 includes five figures of Aphrodite, three or four of Eros, 
 two of Apollo, two of Artemis, two of Dionysus, two or 
 three of satyrs, two of the courtesan Phryne, and one of 
 
 FIG. 155. RELIEF FROM MANTINEA. Athens, National Museum. 
 
 a beautiful human youth binding a fillet about his hair, 
 but no work whose theme is suffering or death is 
 definitely ascribed to him. It is strange therefore to 
 find Pliny saying that it was a matter of doubt in his 
 time whether a group of the dying children of Niobe 
 which stood in a temple of Apollo in Rome was by 
 Scopas or Praxiteles. It is commonly supposed, though 
 without decisive proof, that certain statues of Niobe and 
 her children which exist in Florence and elsewhere are
 
 The Great Age of Greek Sculpture. 229 
 
 copied from the group of which Pliny speaks. The 
 story was that Niobe vaunted herself before Leto 
 because she had seven sons 
 and seven daughters, while 
 Leto had borne only Apollo 
 and Artemis. For her pre- 
 sumption all her children 
 were stricken down by 
 the arrows of Apollo and 
 Artemis. This punishment 
 is the subject of the group. 
 Fig. 157 gives the central 
 figures ; they are Niobe 
 herself and her youngest 
 daughter, who has fled to 
 her for protection. The 
 Niobe has long been 
 famous as an embodiment 
 of haughtiness, maternal 
 love, and sharp distress. 
 But much finer in compo- 
 sition, to my thinking, is 
 Fig. 158. In this son of 
 Niobe the end of the right 
 arm and the entire left arm 
 are modern. Originally 
 this youth was grouped 
 with a sister who has been 
 wounded unto death. She 
 has sunk upon the ground 
 
 and her right arm hangs FIG. ^.-ARTEMIS, CALLED THE Di- 
 1- i t 1 f*. 1 ANA F GABII. Paris. Louvre. 
 
 limply over his left knee, 
 
 thus preventing his garment from falling. His left arm 
 
 clasps her and he seeks ineffectually to protect her.
 
 230 
 
 A History of Greek Art. 
 
 That this is the true restoration is known from a copy 
 in the Vatican of the wounded girl with a part of the 
 brother. Except for this son of Niobe the Florentine 
 figures are not worthy of their old-time reputation. As 
 for their authorship, Praxiteles seems out of the ques- 
 tion. The subject is in keeping with the genius of Sco- 
 pas, but it is safer not to associate the group with any 
 individual name. 
 
 This reserve is the more advisable because Scopas and 
 
 Praxiteles are 
 but two stars, 
 by far the 
 brightest, to 
 be sure, in a 
 brilliant constel- 
 lation of con- 
 temporary art- 
 ists. For the 
 others it h im- 
 possible to do 
 much more 
 here than to 
 mention the 
 most important 
 names : Leocha- 
 res and Timo- 
 theus, whose 
 civic ties are 
 unknown, Bry- 
 axis and Silani- 
 on of Athens, 
 and Euphranor 
 of Corinth, the last equally famous as painter and sculp- 
 tor. These artists seem to be emerging a little from 
 
 FIG. 157. NIOBE AND A DAUGHTER OF NIOBE. 
 Florence, Uffizi.
 
 The Great Age of Greek Sculpture. 231 
 
 the darkness that has enveloped them, and it may be 
 hoped that discoveries of new material and further study 
 of already existing material will reveal them to us with 
 some degree of 
 clearness and cer- 
 tainty. A good 
 illustration of how 
 new acquisitions 
 may help us is 
 afforded by a 
 group of fragmen- 
 tary sculptures 
 found in the sanc- 
 tuary of Asclepius 
 near Epidauros in 
 the years 1882-84 
 and belonging to 
 the pediments of 
 the principal tem- 
 ple. An inscrip- 
 tion was found on 
 the same site which 
 records the ex- 
 penses incurred in 
 building this tem- 
 ple, and one item in it makes it probable that Timo- 
 theus, the sculptor above mentioned, furnished the mod- 
 els after which the pediment-sculptures were executed. 
 The largest and finest fragment of these sculptures that 
 has been found is given in Fig. 1 59. It belongs to the 
 western pediment, which seems to have contained a 
 battle of Greeks and Amazons. The Amazon of our 
 illustration, mounted upon a rearing horse, is about to 
 bring down her lance upon a fallen foe. The action is 
 
 FIG. 158. A SON OF NIOBE. Florence, Uffizi.
 
 232 
 
 A History of Greek Art. 
 
 rendered with splendid vigor. The date of this temple 
 and its sculptures may be put somewhere about 375. 
 
 Reference was made above (page 215) to the Mauso- 
 leum. The artists engaged on the sculptures which 
 adorned that magnificent monument were, according to 
 Pliny, Scopas, Leochares, Bryaxis, and Timotheus.* 
 
 There seem to 
 have been at 
 least three 
 s c u lp t u red 
 friezes, but of 
 only one have 
 considerable re- 
 mains been pre- 
 served (</". Fig. 
 65). This has 
 for its subject a 
 battle of Greeks 
 and Amazons, a 
 theme which 
 Greek sculptors 
 and painters 
 never wearied 
 of reproducing. 
 The preserved 
 portions of this 
 frieze amount 
 in all to about 
 eighty feet, but the slabs are not consecutive. Figs. 160 
 and 161 give two of the best pieces. The design falls 
 into groups of two or three combatants, and these groups 
 are varied with inexhaustible fertility and liveliness of 
 
 * The tradition on this point was not quite uniform. Vitruvius names Prax- 
 iteles as the fourth artist, but adds that some believed that Timotheus also was 
 engaged. 
 
 FIG. 159. MOUNTED AMAZON. 
 Athens, National Museum.
 
 The Great Age of Greek Sculpture. 233 
 
 imagination. Among the points which distinguish this 
 from a work of the fifth century may be noted the 
 
 FIG. 160. SLAB OF MAUSOLEUM FRIEZE. London, British Museum. 
 
 slenderer forms of men and women and the more ex- 
 pressive faces. The existing slabs, moreover, differ 
 among themselves in style and merit, and an earnest at- 
 
 FIG. 161. SLAB OF MAUSOLEUM FRIEZK. London, British Museum. 
 
 tempt has been made to distribute them among the four 
 artists named by Pliny, but without conclusive results.
 
 234 
 
 A History of Greek Art, 
 
 Since the Hermes of Praxiteles was brought to iight 
 at Olympia there has been no discovery of Greek 
 sculpture so dazzling in its splendor as that made in 
 1887 on the site of the necropolis of Sidon in Phenicia. 
 There, in a group of communicating subterranean 
 chambers, were found, along with an Egyptian sarcopha- 
 gus, sixteen others of Greek workmanship, four of them 
 adorned with reliefs of extraordinary beauty. They are 
 
 FIG. 162. SARCOPHAGUS OF " THE MOURNING WOMEN." Constantinople. 
 
 all now in the recently created Museum of Constanti- 
 nople, which has thus become one of the places of fore- 
 most consequence to every student and lover of Greek 
 art. The sixteen sarcophagi are of various dates, from 
 early in the fifth to late in the fourth century. The one 
 shown in Fig. 162 may be assigned to about the middle 
 of the fourth century. Its form is adapted from that of 
 an Ionic temple. Between the columns are standing or 
 seated women, their faces and attitudes expressing vary- 
 ing degrees of grief. Our illustration is on too small a
 
 The Great Age of Greek Sculpture. 235 
 
 scale to convey any but the dimmest impression of the 
 dignity and beauty of this company of mourners. 
 Above, on a sort of balustrade, may be seen a funeral 
 procession. 
 
 The old Temple of Artemis at Ephesus (cf. page 140) 
 was set on fire and reduced to ruins by an incendiary in 
 356 B. C. , on the very night, it is said, in which 
 Alexander the Great was born. The Ephesians rebuilt 
 the temple on a much more magnificent scale, making 
 of it the most extensive and sumptuous columnar edifice 
 ever erected by a Greek architect. How promptly the 
 work was begun we do not know, but it lasted into the 
 reign of Alexander, so that its date may be given 
 approximately as 350-30. Through the indefatigable 
 perseverance of Mr. J. T. Wood, who conducted ex- 
 cavations at Ephesus for the British Museum in 1863-74, 
 the site of this temple, long unknown, was at last 
 discovered and its remains unearthed. Following the 
 example of the sixth century temple, it had the lowest 
 drums of a number of its columns covered with relief 
 sculpture. Of the half dozen recovered specimens Fig. 
 163 shows the finest. The subject is an unsolved riddle. 
 The most prominent figure in the illustration is the god 
 Hermes, as the herald's staff in his right hand shows. 
 The female figures to right and left of him are good 
 examples of that grace in pose and drapery which was 
 characteristic of Greek sculpture in the age of Scopas 
 and Praxiteles. 
 
 The most beautiful Greek portrait statue that we 
 possess is the Lateran Sophocles (Fig. 164). The 
 figure has numerous small restorations, including the 
 feet and the box of manuscript rolls. That Sophocles, 
 the tragic poet, is represented, is known from the like- 
 ness of the head to a bust inscribed with his name. He
 
 236 
 
 A History of Greek Art. 
 
 died in 406 B. C. The style of our statue, however, 
 points to an original (if it be not itself the original) of 
 about the middle of the fourth century. There were 
 probably in existence at this time authentic likenesses of 
 the poet, on which the sculptor based his work. The 
 
 FIG. 163. SCULPTURED DRUM OF COLUMN FROM EPHESUS. 
 London, British Museum. 
 
 attitude of the figure is the perfection of apparent ease, 
 but in reality of skilful contrivance to secure a due bal- 
 ance of parts and variety and grace of line. The one 
 garment, drawn closely about the person, illustrates the 
 inestimable good fortune enjoyed by the Greek sculptor,
 
 The Great Age of Greek Sculpture. 237 
 
 in contrast with the 
 sculptor of to-day, in 
 having to represent a 
 costume so simple, so 
 pliant, so capable of 
 graceful adjustment. 
 The head, however 
 much it may contain 
 of the actual look of 
 Sophocles, must be 
 idealized. To appre- 
 ciate it properly one 
 must remember that 
 this poet, though he 
 dealt with tragic 
 themes, was not wont 
 to brood over the sin 
 and sorrow and un- 
 fathomable mystery 
 of the world, but was 
 serene in his temper 
 and prosperous in his 
 life. 
 
 The colossal head 
 of Zeus shown in Fig. 
 165 was found a hun- 
 dred years or more 
 ago at Otricoli, a 
 small village to the 
 north of Rome. The 
 antique part is a mere 
 mask ; the back of 
 the head and the bust 
 are modern. The material is Carrara marble, a fact which 
 
 FIG. 164. SOPHOCLES. 
 Rome, Lateran Museum.
 
 238 
 
 A History of Greek Art. 
 
 alone would prove that the work was executed in Italy 
 and in the imperial period. At first this used to be re- 
 garded as copied from the Olympian Zeus of Phidias 
 (page 185), but in the light of increased acquaintance 
 
 with the style of 
 Phidias and his age, 
 this attribution has 
 long been seen to be 
 impossible. The 
 original belongs 
 about at the end of 
 the period now un- 
 der review, or pos- 
 sibly still later. 
 Although only a 
 copy, the Otricoli 
 Zeus is the finest 
 representation we 
 have of the father of 
 gods and men. The 
 predominant ex- 
 pression is one of 
 gentleness and be- 
 nevolence, but the 
 lofty brow, trans- 
 versely furrowed, 
 tells of thought and 
 will, and the leonine 
 hair of strength. 
 With Lysippus of Sicyon we reach the last name of 
 first-rate importance in the history of Greek sculpture. 
 There is the usual uncertainty about the dates of his 
 life, but it is certain that he was in his prime during the 
 reign of Alexander (336-23). Thus he belongs essen- 
 
 FIG. 165. HEAD OF ZEUS. Rome, 
 Vatican Museum.
 
 The Great Age of Greek Sculpture. 239 
 
 tially to the generation succeeding that of Scopas and 
 Praxiteles. He appears to have worked exclusively in 
 bronze ; at least we hear of no work in marble from his 
 hands. He must have had a long life. Pliny credits 
 him with fifteen hundred statues, but this is scarcely 
 credible. His subjects suggest that his genius was of 
 a very different bent from that of Praxiteles. No statue 
 of Aphrodite or indeed of any goddess (except the 
 Muses) is ascribed to him ; on the other hand, he made 
 at least four statues of Zeus, one of them nearly sixty 
 feet high, and at least four figures of Heracles, of which 
 one was colossal, while one was less than a foot high, 
 besides groups representing the labors of Heracles. In 
 short, the list of his statues of superhuman beings, 
 though it does include an Eros and a Dionysus, looks 
 as if he had no especial predilection for the soft loveli- 
 ness of youth, but rather for mature and vigorous forms. 
 He was famous as a portrait-sculptor and made numer- 
 ous statues of Alexander, from whom he received con- 
 spicuous recognition. Naturally, too, he accepted 
 commissions for athlete statues ; five such are mentioned 
 by Pausanias as existing at Olympia. An allegorical 
 figure by him of Cairos (Opportunity) receives lavish 
 praise from a late rhetorician. Finally, he is credited 
 with a statue of a tipsy female flute-player. This 
 deserves especial notice as the first well-assured example 
 of a work of Greek sculpture ignoble in its subject and 
 obviously unfit for any of the purposes for which sculp- 
 ture had chiefly existed (cf. page 124). 
 
 It is Pliny who puts us in the way of a more direct 
 acquaintance with this artist than the above facts can 
 give. He makes the general statement that Lysippus 
 departed from the canon of proportions previously 
 followed (z. e. , probably, by Polyclitus and his imme-
 
 240 
 
 A History of Greek Art. 
 
 diate followers), making the head smaller and the body 
 slenderer and "dryer," and he mentions a statue by 
 him in Rome called an Apoxyomenos, /. e. , an athlete 
 
 scraping himself with 
 a strigil. A copy of 
 such a statue was 
 found in Rome in 
 1849 (Fig. 1 66). 
 The fingers of the 
 right hand with the 
 inappropriate die are 
 modern, as are also 
 some additional bits 
 here and there. Now 
 the coincidence in 
 subject between this 
 statue and that men- 
 tioned by Pliny would 
 not alone be decisive. 
 Polyclitus also made 
 an Apoxyomenos, 
 and, for all we know, 
 other sculptors may 
 have used the same 
 motive. But the 
 statue in question is 
 certainly later than 
 Polyclitus, and its 
 agreement with what 
 Pliny tells us of the 
 proportions adopted 
 by Lysippus is as 
 close as could be desired (contrast Fig. 137). We 
 therefore need not scruple to accept it as Lysippian. 
 
 FIG. 166. COPY OF THE APOXYOMENOS OF 
 LYSIPPUS. Rome, Vatican Museum.
 
 The Great Age of Greek Sculpture. 
 
 241 
 
 Our young athlete, before beginning his exercise, had 
 rubbed his body with oil and, if he was to wrestle, had 
 sprinkled himself with sand. Now, his exercise over, he 
 is removing oil and sweat and dirt with the instrument 
 regularly used for that purpose. His slender figure 
 suggests elasticity 
 and agility rather 
 than brute strength. 
 The face (Fig. 167) 
 has not the radiant 
 charm which Prax- 
 iteles would have 
 given it, but it is 
 both fine and alert. 
 The eyes are deeply 
 set ; the division of 
 the upper from the 
 lower forehead is 
 marked by a 
 groove; the hair lies 
 in expressive dis- 
 order. In the 
 bronze original the 
 tree-trunk behind 
 the left leg 
 
 was 
 
 FIG. 167. HKAD OF THE APOXYOMENOS. 
 
 doubtless absent, as ( 
 also the disagreeable support (now broken) which ex- 
 tended from the right leg to the right fore-arm. 
 
 The best authenticated likeness of Alexander the 
 Great is a bust in the Louvre (Fig. 168) inscribed with 
 his name: "Alexander of Macedon, son of Philip." 
 The surface has been badly corroded and the nose is 
 restored. The work, which is only a copy, may go 
 back to an original by Lysippus, though the evidence
 
 242 
 
 A History of Greek Art. 
 
 for that belief, a certain resemblance to the head of 
 the Apoxyomenos, is hardly as convincing as one could 
 desire. The king is here represented, one would 
 guess, at the age of thirty or thereabouts. Now as he 
 was absent from Europe from the age of twenty-two 
 
 until his death at 
 Babylon at the age 
 of thirty-three (323 
 B. C), it would 
 seem likely that 
 Lysippus, or who- 
 ever the sculptor 
 was, based his por- 
 trait upon likenesses 
 taken some years 
 earlier. Conse- 
 quently, although 
 portraiture in the 
 age of Alexander 
 had become prevail- 
 i n g 1 y realistic, it 
 would be unsafe to 
 regard this head as 
 a conspicuous ex- 
 
 FIG. 168. HEAD OF ALEXANDER. Paris, Louvre, ample of the new 
 (From Kopp, " Das Bildniss Alexanders," PI. I.) 
 
 tendency. The 
 
 artist probably aimed to present a recognizable like- 
 ness and at the same time to give a worthy expression 
 to the great conqueror's qualities of character. If the 
 latter object does not seem to have been attained, one 
 is free to lay the blame upon the copyist and time.
 
 CHAPTER X. 
 
 THE HELLENISTIC PERIOD OF GREEK SCULPTURE. 
 323-146 B. C. 
 
 THE reign of Alexander began a new era in Greek 
 history, an era in which the great fact was the dissemi- 
 nation of Greek culture over wide regions to which it 
 had been alien. This period, in which Egypt and 
 western Asia were ruled by men of Greek or Macedonian 
 blood and gradually took on more or less of Greek civili- 
 zation, is often called the Hellenistic period. 
 
 Under the new political and social order new artistic 
 conditions were developed. For one thing, Athens and 
 the other old centers of artistic activity lost their pre- 
 eminence, while new centers were created in the East. 
 The only places which our literary sources mention as 
 seats of important schools of sculpture in the two 
 centuries following the death of Alexander are Rhodes 
 and Pergamum. 
 
 Then again a demand now grew up for works of 
 sculpture to be used as mere ornaments in the interiors 
 of palaces and private houses, as well as in public build- 
 ings and places. This of course threw open the door 
 for subjects which had been excluded when sculpture 
 was dominated by a sacred purpose. Sculptors were 
 now free to appeal to the lower tastes of their patrons. 
 The practice of " art for art's sake " had its day, and 
 trivial, comical, ugly, harrowing, or sensual themes were 
 treated with all the resources of technical skill. In 
 short, the position and purposes of the art of sculpture 
 
 243
 
 244 
 
 A History of Greek Art. 
 
 became very like what they are to-day. Hence the 
 untrained modern student feels much more at home in a 
 collection of Hellenistic sculpture than in the presence of 
 the severer, sublimer creations of the age of Phidias. 
 
 It is by no means meant to pass a sweeping condem- 
 nation upon the productions of the post-classical period. 
 Realistic portraiture was now practiced with great fre- 
 quency and high success. Many of the genre statues 
 and decorative reliefs of the time are admirable and 
 delightful. Moreover, the old uses of sculpture were not 
 abandoned, and though the tendency toward sensational- 
 
 FIG. 169. THREE TANAGRA FIGURINES. London, British Museum. 
 
 ism was strong, a dignified and exalted work was some- 
 times achieved. But, broadly speaking, we must admit 
 the loss of that "noble simplicity and quiet grandeur " 
 the phrase is Winckelmann's which stamped the 
 creations of the age of Phidias. Greek sculpture gained 
 immensely in variety, but at the expense of its elevation 
 of spirit.
 
 The Hellenistic Period of Greek Sculpture. 245 
 
 Although this sketch is devoted principally to bronze 
 and marble sculpture, I cannot resist the temptation to 
 illustrate by a few examples the charming little terra- 
 cotta figurines which have been found in such great 
 numbers in graves at Tanagra and elsewhere in Bceotia 
 
 FIG. 170. THREE TANAGRA FIGURINES. London, British Museum. 
 
 (Figs. 169, 170). It is a question whether the best of 
 them were not produced before the end of the period 
 covered by the last chapter. At all events, they are 
 post-Praxitelean. The commonest subjects are standing 
 or seated women ; young men, lads, and children are 
 also often met with. Fig. 170 shows another favorite 
 figure, the winged Eros, represented as a chubby boy of 
 four or five a conception of the god of Love which 
 makes its first appearance in the Hellenistic period. 
 The men who modeled these statuettes were doubtless
 
 The Hellenistic Period of Greek Sculpture. 247 
 
 regarded in their own day as very humble craftsmen, 
 but the best of them had caught the secret of graceful 
 poses and draperies, and the execution of their work is 
 as delicate as its conception is refined. 
 
 Returning now to our proper subject, we may be- 
 gin with the latest and most magnificent of the sar- 
 cophagi found at Sidon (Fig. 171 ; cf. page 234). 
 This belongs somewhere near the end of the fourth 
 century. It is decorated with relief-sculpture on all 
 four sides and in the gables of the cover. On the 
 long side shown in our illustration the subject is a 
 battle between Greeks and Persians, perhaps the battle 
 of Issus, fought in 333. Alexander the Great, recog- 
 nizable by the skin of a lion's head which he wears 
 like Heracles, instead of a helmet, is to be seen at 
 the extreme left. The design, which looks crowded 
 and confused when reduced to a small scale, is in reality 
 well arranged and extremely spirited, besides being 
 exquisitely wrought. But the crowning interest of the 
 work lies in the unparalleled freshness with which it 
 has kept its color. Garments, saddle-cloths, pieces of 
 armor, and so on, are tinted in delicate colors, and 
 the finest details, such as bow-strings, are perfectly 
 distinct. The nude flesh, though not covered with 
 opaque paint, has received some application which 
 differentiates it from the glittering white background, 
 and gives it a sort of ivory hue. The effect of all this 
 color is thoroughly refined, and the work is a revelation 
 of the beauty of polychromatic sculpture. 
 
 The Victory of Samothrace (Fig. 172) can also be 
 dated at about the end of the fourth century. The fig- 
 ure is considerably above life-size. It was found in 
 1863, broken into a multitude of fragments, which have 
 been carefully united. There are no modern pieces, ex-
 
 248 
 
 A History of Greek Art. 
 
 cept in the wings. The 
 statue stood on a pedestal 
 having the form of a ship's 
 prow, the principal parts of 
 which were found by an 
 Austrian expedition to 
 Samothrace in 1875. 
 These fragments were 
 subsequently conveyed to 
 the Louvre, and the Vic- 
 tory now stands on her 
 original pedestal. For de- 
 termining the date and the 
 proper restoration of this 
 work we have the fortunate 
 help of numismatics. Cer- 
 tain silver coins of Deme- 
 trius Poliorcetes, who 
 reigned 306-286 B. C., 
 bear upon one side a Vic- 
 tory which agrees closely 
 with her of Samothrace, 
 even to the great prow- 
 pedestal. The type is sup- 
 posed on good grounds to commemorate an impor- 
 tant naval victory won by Demetrius over Ptolemy in 
 
 FIG. 172. VICTORY OF SAKOTHRACE. 
 Paris, Louvre.
 
 The Hellenistic Period of Greek Sculpture. 249 
 
 306. In view, then, of the close resemblance between 
 coin-type and statue, it seems reasonably certain that 
 the Victory was dedicated at Samothrace by Demetrius 
 soon after the naval battle with Ptolemy and that the 
 commemorative coins borrowed their design directly 
 from the statue. Thus we get a date for the statue, 
 and, what is more, clear evidence as to how it should 
 be restored. The goddess held a trumpet to her lips 
 with her right hand and in her left carried a support 
 such as was used for the erection of a trophy. The 
 ship upon which she has just alighted is conceived as 
 under way, and the fresh breeze blows her garments 
 backward in tumultuous folds. Compared with the Vic- 
 tory of Paeonius (Figs. 143, 144) this figure seems more 
 impetuous and imposing. That leaves us calm ; this 
 elates us with the sense of onward motion against the 
 salt sea air. Yet there is nothing unduly sensational 
 about this work. It exhibits a magnificent idea, mag- 
 nificently rendered. 
 
 From this point on no attempt will be made to pre- 
 serve a chronological order, but the principal classes of 
 sculpture belonging to the Hellenistic period will be 
 illustrated, each by two or three examples. Religious 
 sculpture may be put first. Here the chief place belongs 
 to the Aphrodite of Melos, called the Venus of Milo 
 (Fig. 173). This statue was found by accident in 1820 
 on the island of Melos (Milo) near the site of the 
 ancient city. According to the best evidence available, 
 it was lying in the neighborhood of its original pedestal, 
 in a niche of some building. Near it were found a 
 piece of an upper left arm and a left hand holding an 
 apple ; of these two fragments the former certainly and 
 perhaps the latter belong to the statue. The prize was 
 bought by M. de Riviere, French ambassador at Con-
 
 250 
 
 A History of Greek Art. 
 
 FIG. 173. THE APHRODITE OF MELOS. 
 Paris, Louvre. 
 
 stantinople, and pre- 
 sented by him to the 
 French king, Louis 
 XVIII. The same 
 vessel which conveyed 
 it to France brought 
 some other marble 
 fragments from Melos, 
 including a piece of an 
 inscribed statue-base 
 with an artist's inscrip- 
 tion in characters of 
 the second century B. 
 C. or later. A draw- 
 ing exists of this frag- 
 ment, but the object 
 itself has disappeared, 
 and in spite of much 
 acute argumentation it 
 remains uncertain 
 whether it did or did 
 not form a part of the 
 basis of the Aphrodite. 
 Still greater uncer- 
 tainty prevails as to the 
 proper restoration of 
 the statue, and no one 
 of the many sugges- 
 tions that have been 
 made is free from diffi- 
 culties. It seems 
 probable, as has re- 
 cently been set forth 
 with great force and
 
 The Hellenistic Period of Greek Sculpture. 251 
 
 clearness by Professor Furtwangler,* that the figure is 
 an adaptation from an Aphrodite of the fourth century, 
 who rests her left foot upon a helmet and, holding a 
 shield on her left thigh, looks at her own reflection. 
 On this view the difficulty of explaining the attitude of 
 the Aphrodite of Melos arises from the fact that the 
 motive was created for an entirely different purpose and 
 is not altogether appropriate to the present one, what- 
 ever precisely that may be. 
 
 It has seemed necessary, in the case of a statue of so 
 much importance, to touch upon these learned perplex- 
 ities ; but let them not greatly trouble the reader or turn 
 him aside from enjoying the superb qualities of the 
 work. One of the Aphrodites of Scopas or Praxiteles, 
 if we had it in the original, would perhaps reveal to us 
 a still diviner beauty. As it is, this is the worthiest ex- 
 isting embodiment of the goddess of Love. The ideal 
 is chaste and noble, echoing the sentiment of the fourth 
 century at its best ; and the execution is worthy of a 
 work which is in some sense a Greek original. 
 
 The Apollo of the 'Belvedere (Fig. 174), on the other 
 hand, is only a copy of a bronze original. The principal 
 restorations are the left hand and the right fore-arm and 
 hand. The most natural explanation of the god's atti- 
 tude is that he held a bow in his left hand and has just 
 let fly an arrow against some foe. His figure is slender, 
 according to the fashion which prevailed from the 
 middle of the fourth century onward, and he moves 
 over the ground with marvelous lightness. His appear- 
 ance has an effect of almost dandified elegance, and 
 critics to-day cannot feel the reverent raptures which this 
 statue used to evoke. Yet still the Apollo of the Belve- 
 dere remains a radiant apparition. An attempt has re- 
 
 *" Masterpieces of Greek Sculpture," pages 384^.
 
 252 
 
 A History of Greek Art. 
 
 cently been made to promote the figure, or rather its 
 original, to the middle of the fourth century. 
 
 As a specimen of the portrait-sculpture of the Helle- 
 nistic period I have selected the seated statue of Posidip- 
 
 pus (Fig. 175), 
 an Athenian 
 dramatist of the 
 so-called New 
 Comedy, who 
 flourished in the 
 early part of the 
 third century. 
 The preservation 
 of the statue is 
 extraordinary ; 
 there is nothing 
 modern about it 
 except the thumb 
 of the left hand. 
 1 1 produces 
 strongly the im- 
 pression of being 
 an original work 
 and also of being 
 a speaking like- 
 ness. It may 
 have been mod- 
 eled in the actual 
 presence of the 
 subject, but in 
 that case the name on the front of the plinth was doubt- 
 less inscribed later, when the figure was removed from 
 its pedestal and taken to Rome. Posidippus is clean- 
 shaven, according to the fashion that came in about the 
 
 FIG. 174. THE APOLLO OF THE BELVEDERE. 
 Rome, Vatican Museum.
 
 FIG. ITS Posmippus. Rome, Vatican Museum
 
 254 
 
 A History of Greek Art. 
 
 time of Alexander. There is a companion statue of 
 equal merit, which commonly goes by the name of Me- 
 nander. The two men are strongly contrasted with one 
 another by the sculptor in features, expression, and bod- 
 ily carriage. Both stat- 
 ues show, as do many 
 others of the period, 
 how mistaken it would 
 be to form our idea of 
 the actual appearance of 
 the Greeks -from the 
 purely ideal creations of 
 Greek sculpture. 
 
 Besides real portraits, 
 imaginary portraits of 
 great excellence were 
 produced in the Helle- 
 nistic period. Fig. 176 
 is a good specimen of 
 these. Only the head is 
 antique, and there are 
 some restorations, in- 
 cluding the nose. This 
 is one of a considerable 
 number of heads which 
 reproduce an ideal por- 
 trait of Homer, con- 
 ceived as a blind old man. The marks of age and blind- 
 ness are rendered with great fidelity. There is a variant 
 type of this head which is much more suggestive of 
 poetical inspiration. 
 
 Portraiture, of course, did not confine itself to men of 
 refinement and intellect. As an extreme example of 
 what was possible in the opposite direction nothing could 
 
 FIG. 176. HEAD OF HOMER. Naples.
 
 The Hellenistic Period of Greek Sculpture. 255 
 
 be better than the original bronze statue shown in Fig. 
 177. It was found in Rome in 1885, and is essentially 
 complete, except for the missing eyeballs ; the seat is 
 new. The statue represents a naked boxer of herculean 
 frame, his hands armed with the ccestus or boxing- 
 gloves made of leather. The man is evidently a profes- 
 sional ' ' bruiser ' ' of the lowest type. He is just resting 
 after an encounter, and no detail is spared to bring out 
 the nature of his oc- 
 cupation. Swollen 
 ears were the con- 
 ventional mark of the 
 boxer at all periods, 
 but here the effect is 
 still further enhanced 
 by scratches and 
 drops of blood . 
 Moreover, the nose 
 and cheeks bear evi- 
 dence of having been 
 badly ' ' punished, ' ' 
 and the moustache is 
 clotted with blood. 
 From top to toe the 
 statue exhibits the 
 highest grade of 
 technical skill. One 
 would like very 
 much to know what 
 was the original purpose of the work. It may have 
 been a votive statue, dedicated by a victorious boxer at 
 Olympia or elsewhere. A bronze head of similar brutal- 
 ity found at Olympia bears witness that the refined stat- 
 ues of athletes produced in the best period of Greek art 
 
 FIG. 177. SEATED BOXER. Rome, 
 Museo delle Terme.
 
 256 
 
 A History of Greek Art. 
 
 and set up in that precinct were forced at a later day to 
 accept such low companionship. Or it may be that this 
 boxer is not an actual person at all, and that the statue 
 belongs to the domain of genre. In either case it testi- 
 fies to the coarse taste of the age. 
 
 By genre sculpture is meant sculpture which deals 
 with incidents or situations illustrative of every-day life. 
 The conditions of the great age, although they per- 
 
 m i 1 1 e d a genre-like 
 treatment in votive 
 sculptures and in 
 grave-reliefs (cf. Fig. 
 134), offered few or no 
 occasions for works of 
 pure genre, whose sole 
 purpose is to gratify 
 the spectator. In the 
 Hellenistic period, 
 however, such works 
 became plentiful. Fig. 
 1 78 gives a good speci- 
 men. A boy of four 
 or five is struggling in 
 play with a goose and 
 is triumphant. The 
 composition of the 
 group is admirable, 
 and the zest of the 
 sport is delightfully 
 brought out. Observe too that the characteristic forms 
 of infancy the large head, short legs, plump body and 
 limbs are truthfully rendered (cf. page 222). There is 
 a large number of representations in ancient sculpture of 
 boys with geese or other aquatic birds ; among them are 
 
 FIG. 178. BOY AND GOOSE. Rome, 
 Capitoline Museum.
 
 The Hellenistic Period of Greek Sculpture. 257 
 
 at least three other copies of this same group. The 
 original is thought to have been of bronze. 
 
 Fig. 179 is genre again, and is as repulsive as the last 
 example is charming. It is a drunken old woman, lean 
 and wrinkled, 
 seated on the 
 ground and 
 clasping her 
 wine-jar between 
 her knees, in a 
 state of maudlin 
 ecstasy. The 
 head is modern, 
 but another copy 
 of the statue has 
 the original head, 
 which is of the 
 same character as 
 this. Ignobility 
 of subject could 
 go no further 
 than in this work. 
 
 It is a pleasure 
 to turn to Fig. 
 i 80, which in 
 purity of spirit is 
 worthy of the best time. The arms are modern, and 
 their direction may not be quite correct, though it must 
 be nearly so. This original bronze figure represents a 
 boy in an attitude of prayer. It is impossible to decide 
 whether the statue was votive or is simply a genre piece. 
 
 Hellenistic art struck out a new path in a class of re- 
 liefs of which Figs. 181 and 182 are examples. There 
 are some restorations. A gulf separates these works 
 
 FIG. 179. TIPSY OLD WOMAN. Rome, 
 Capitoline Museum.
 
 258 
 
 A History of Greek Art. 
 
 from the friezes, of the Parthenon and the Mausoleum. 
 Whereas relief -sculpture in the classical period abjured 
 backgrounds and picturesque accessories, we find here 
 a highly pictorial treatment. The subjects moreover 
 are, in the instances chosen, of a character to which 
 
 Greek sculpture before Alexan- 
 der's time hardly offers a par- 
 allel (yetcf. Fig. 87). In Fig. 
 181 we see a ewe giving suck 
 to her lamb. Above, at the 
 right, is a hut or stall, from 
 whose open door a dog is just 
 coming out ; at the left is an 
 oak tree. In Fig. 182 a lioness 
 crouches with her two cubs. 
 Above is a sycamore tree, and 
 to the right of it a group of 
 objects which tell of the rustic 
 worship of Bacchus. Each of 
 the two reliefs decorated a foun- 
 tain or something of the sort. 
 In the one the overturned 
 milk- jar served as a water- 
 spout ; in the other the open 
 mouth of one of the cubs an- 
 swered the same purpose. Gen- 
 erally speaking, the pictorial 
 reliefs seem to have been used 
 for the interior decoration of 
 private and public buildings. 
 FIG. iSo.-pRAYmc BOY. Berlin. g y t h e i r subjects many of them 
 bear witness to that love of country life and that feeling 
 for the charms of landscape which are the most attractive 
 traits of the Hellenistic period.
 
 The Hellenistic Period of Greek Sculpture. 259 
 
 The kingdom of Pergamum in western Asia Minor 
 was one of the smaller states formed out of Alexander's 
 dominions. The city of Pergamum became a center of 
 Greek learning second only to Alexandria in impor- 
 tance. Moreover, under Attalus I. (241-197 B. C. ) and 
 Eumenes II. (197-159 B. C. ) it developed an inde- 
 pendent and powerful school of sculpture, of whose 
 productions 
 we fortunately 
 possess nu- 
 merous ex- 
 amples. The 
 most famous 
 of these is the 
 Dying Gaul or 
 Galatian (Fig. 
 i 83), once 
 erroneously 
 called the 
 Dying Gladi- 
 ator. Hordes 
 of Gauls had 
 invaded Asia 
 Minor as early 
 as 278 B. C, 
 and, making 
 their head- 
 quarters in the interior, in the district afterwards known 
 from them as Galatia, had become the terror and the 
 scourge of the whole region. Attalus I. early in his reign 
 gained an important victory over these fierce tribes, and 
 this victory was commemorated by extensive groups of 
 sculpture both at Pergamum and at Athens. The figure 
 of the Dying Gaul belongs to this series. The statue 
 
 FIG. 181. HELLENISTIC RELIEF. Vienna. 
 
 (From Overbeck, "Geschichte der griechischen 
 
 Plastik," Fig. 209 a.)
 
 260 
 
 A History of Greek Art. 
 
 was in the possession of Cardinal Ludovisi as early as 
 1633, along with a group closely allied in style, repre- 
 senting a Gaul and his wife, but nothing is certainly 
 known as to the time and place of its discovery. The 
 restorations are said to be : the tip of the nose, the left 
 knee-pan, the toes, and the part of the plinth on which 
 the right arm rests,* together with the objects on it. 
 
 That the man 
 represented is 
 not a Greek is 
 evident from 
 the large hands 
 and feet, the 
 coarse skin, the 
 un-Greek char- 
 acter of the 
 head (Fig. 
 184). That he 
 is a Gaul is 
 proved by sev- 
 eral points of 
 agreement with 
 what is known 
 from literary 
 sources of the 
 Gallic peculiari- 
 ties the moustache worn with shaven cheeks and chin, 
 the stiff, pomaded hair growing low in the neck, the 
 twisted collar or torque. He has been mortally wounded 
 in battle the wound is on the right side and sinks with 
 drooping head upon his shield and broken battle-horn. 
 His death-struggle, though clearly marked, is not made 
 
 FIG. 182. HELLENISTIC RELIEF. Vienna. 
 
 (From Overbeck, "Geschichte der griechischen 
 
 Plastik," Fig. 209 b.) 
 
 * Helbig, " Guide to the Public Collections of Classical Antiquities in 
 ," Vol. I., No. 533. 
 
 Rome
 
 The Hellenistic Period of Greek Sculpture. 261 
 
 violent or repulsive. With savage heroism he ' ' con- 
 sents to death, and conquers agony."* Here, then, a 
 powerful realism is united to a tragic idea, and amid all 
 vicissitudes of taste this work has never ceased to com- 
 mand a profound admiration. 
 
 Our knowledge of Pergamene art has recently re- 
 ceived a great extension, in consequence of excavations 
 
 FIG. 183. DYING GAUL. Rome, Capitoline Museum. 
 
 carried on in 1878-86 upon the acropolis of Pergamum in 
 the interest of the Royal Museum- of Berlin. Here were 
 found the remains of numerous buildings, including an 
 immense altar, or rather altar-platform, which was per- 
 haps the structure referred to in Revelation II. 13, as 
 "Satan's throne." This platform, a work of great 
 architectural magnificence, was built under Eumenes II. 
 Its exterior was decorated with a sculptured frieze, 7^ 
 
 * Byron, "Childe Harold," IV., 140.
 
 262 
 
 A History of Greek Art 
 
 feet in height and something like 400 feet in total 
 length. The fragments of this great frieze which were 
 found in the course of the German excavations have 
 been pieced together with infinite patience and ingenuity 
 and amount to by far the greater part of the whole. 
 The subject is the gigantomachy, i. e. , the battle between 
 the gods and the rebellious sons of earth (cf. page 134). 
 Fig. 185 shows the most important group of the 
 whole composition. Here Zeus, recognizable by the 
 
 thunderbolt in 
 his outstretched 
 right hand and 
 the aegis upon 
 his left arm, is 
 pitted against 
 three antago- 
 nists. Two of 
 the three are 
 already dis- 
 abled. The one 
 at the left, a 
 youthful giant 
 of human form, 
 has sunk to 
 earth, pierced 
 through the left 
 thigh with a 
 FIG. I84.-HEAD OF DYING GAUL. huge, flaming 
 
 thunderbolt. The second, also youthful and human, 
 has fallen upon his knees in front of Zeus and presses 
 his left hand convulsively to a wound (?) in his right 
 shoulder. The third still fights desperately. This is a 
 bearded giant, with animal ears and with legs that pass 
 into long snaky bodies. Around his left arm is wrapped
 
 The Hellenistic Period of Greek Sculpture. 263 
 
 the skin of some animal ; with his right hand (now 
 missing) he is about to hurl some missile ; the left 
 snake, whose head may be seen just above the giant's 
 left shoulder, is contending, but in vain, with an eagle, 
 the bird of Zeus. 
 
 Fig. 1 86 adjoins Fig 185 on the right of the latter.* 
 Here we have a group in which Athena is the central 
 figure. The goddess, grasping her antagonist by the 
 
 FIG. 185. GROUP FROM THE ALTAR OF PERGAMUM. Berlin. 
 
 hair, sweeps to right. The youthful giant has great 
 wings, but is otherwise purely human in form. A ser- 
 pent, attendant of Athena, strikes its fangs into the 
 giant's right breast. In front of Athena, the Earth- 
 goddess, mother of the giants, half emerging from the 
 ground, pleads for mercy. Above, Victory wings her 
 way to the scene to place a crown upon Athena's head. 
 If we compare the Pergamene altar-frieze with scenes 
 of combat from the best period of Greek art, say with 
 
 * Fig. 186 is more reduced in scale, so that the slabs incorrectly appear to be 
 of unequal height.
 
 264 A History of Greek Art. 
 
 the metopes of the Parthenon or the best preserved frieze 
 of the Mausoleum, we see how much more complicated 
 and confused in composition and how much more violent 
 in spirit is this later work. Yet, though we miss the 
 " noble simplicity " of the great age, we cannot fail to 
 be impressed with the Titanic energy which surges 
 through this stupendous composition. The "decline" 
 of Greek art, if we are to use that term, cannot be taken 
 to imply the exhaustion of artistic vitality. 
 
 FIG. 186. GROUP FROM THE ALTAR OF PERGAMUM. Berlin. 
 
 The existence of a flourishing school of sculpture at 
 Rhodes during the Hellenistic period is attested by our 
 literary sources, as well as by artists' inscriptions found 
 on the spot. Of the actual productions of that school 
 we possess only the group of Laocoon and his sons 
 (Fig. 187). This was found in Rome in 1506, on the 
 site of the palace of Titus. The principal modern parts 
 are : the right arm of Laocoon with the adjacent parts 
 of the snake, the right arm of the younger son with the 
 coil of the snake around it, and the right hand and wrist 
 of the older son. These restorations are bad. The 
 right arm of Laocoon should be bent so as to bring the
 
 FIG. 187. LAOCOON AND nis SONS. Rome, Vatican Museum. 
 265
 
 266 A History of Greek Art. 
 
 hand behind the head, and the right hand of the 
 younger son should fall limply backward. 
 
 Laocoon was a Trojan priest who, having committed 
 grievous sin, was visited with a fearful punishment. On 
 a certain occasion when he was engaged with his two 
 sons in performing sacrifice, they were attacked by a 
 pair of huge serpents, miraculously sent, and died a 
 miserable death. The sculptors for the group, accord- 
 ing to Pliny, was the joint work of three Rhodian 
 artists have put before us the moving spectacle of this 
 doom. Laocoon, his body convulsed and his face dis- 
 torted by the torture of poison, his mouth open for a 
 groan or a cry, has sunk upon the altar and struggles in 
 the agony of death. The younger son is already past 
 resistance ; his left hand lies feebly on the head of the 
 snake that bites him and the last breath escapes his lips. 
 The older son, not yet bitten, but probably not destined 
 to escape, strives to free himself from the coil about his 
 ankle and at the same time looks with sympathetic 
 horror upon his father's sufferings. 
 
 No work of sculpture of ancient or modern times has 
 given rise to such an extensive literature as the Lao- 
 coon. None has been more lauded and more blamed. 
 Hawthorne ' ' felt the Laocoon very powerfully, though 
 very quietly ; an immortal agony, with a strange calm- 
 ness diffused through it, so that it resembles the vast 
 rage of the sea, calm on account of its immensity."* 
 Ruskin, on the other hand, thinks ' ' that no group has 
 exercised so pernicious an influence on art as this ; a 
 subject ill chosen, meanly conceived, and unnaturally 
 treated, recommended to imitation by subtleties of ex- 
 ecution and accumulation of technical knowledge, "f 
 
 * " Italian Note-books," under date of March 10, 1858. 
 t " Modern Painters," Part II, II, Chap. III.
 
 The Hellenistic Period of Greek Sculpture. 267 
 
 Of the two verdicts the latter is surely much nearer the 
 truth. The calmness which Hawthorne thought he saw 
 in the Laocoon is not there ; there is only a terrible tor- 
 ment. Battle, wounds, and death were staple themes 
 of Greek sculpture from first to last ; but nowhere else 
 is the representation of physical suffering, pure and 
 simple, so forced upon us, so made the ' ' be-all and 
 end-all" of a Greek work. As for the date of the 
 group, opinion still varies considerably. The probabili- 
 ties seem to point to a date not far removed from that of 
 the Pergamene altar ; /. e. , to the first half of the second 
 century B.C. 
 
 Macedonia and Greece became a Roman province in 
 146 B. C. ; the kingdom of Pergamum in 133 B. C. 
 These political changes, it is true, made no immediate 
 difference to the cause of art. Greek sculpture went on, 
 presently transferring its chief seat to Rome, as the 
 most favorable place of patronage. What is called Ro- 
 man sculpture is, for the most part, simply Greek sculp- 
 ture under Roman rule. But in the Roman period we 
 find no great, creative epoch of art history ; moreover, 
 the tendencies of the times have already received con- 
 siderable illustration. At this point, therefore, we may 
 break off this sketch.
 
 CHAPTER XI. 
 
 GREEK PAINTING. 
 
 THE art of painting was in as high esteem in Greece 
 as the art of sculpture and, if we may believe the testi- 
 mony of Greek and Roman writers, achieved results as 
 important and admirable. But the works of the great 
 Greek painters have utterly perished, and imagination, 
 though guided by ancient descriptions and by such 
 painted designs as have come down to us, can restore 
 them but dimly and doubtfully. The subject may there- 
 fore here be dismissed with comparative brevity. 
 
 In default of pictures by the great Greek masters, an 
 especial interest attaches to the work of humbler crafts- 
 men of the brush. One class of such work exists in 
 abundance the painted decorations upon earthenware 
 vases. Tens of thousands of these vases have been 
 brought to light from tombs and sanctuaries on Greek 
 and Italian sites and the number is constantly increas- 
 ing. Thanks to the indestructible character of pottery, 
 the designs are often intact. Now the materials and 
 methods employed by the vase-painters and the spaces 
 at their disposal were very different from those of mural 
 or easel paintings. Consequently inferences must not 
 be hastily drawn from designs upon vases as to the com- 
 position and coloring of the great masterpieces. But 
 the best of the vase-painters, especially in the early fifth 
 century, were men of remarkable talent, and all of them 
 were influenced by the general artistic tendencies of 
 their respective periods. Their work, therefore, con- 
 
 268
 
 Greek Painting, 269 
 
 tributes an important element to our knowledge of 
 Greek art history. 
 
 Having touched in Chapter II. upon the earlier styles 
 
 FIG. 188. THE FRANCOIS VASE. Florence, Archaeological Museum. 
 
 of Greek pottery, I begin here with a vase of Attic 
 manufacture, decorated, as an inscription on it shows, 
 by Clitias, but commonly called from its finder the 
 Francois vase (Fig. 188). It may be assigned to the
 
 270 
 
 A History of Greek Art. 
 
 first half of the sixth century, and probably to some- 
 where near the beginning of that period. It is an early 
 specimen of the class of black-figured vases, as they are 
 called. The propriety of the name is obvious from the 
 illustration. The objects represented were painted in 
 black varnish upon the reddish clay, and the vase was 
 then fired. Subsequently anatomical details, patterns 
 of garments, and so on were indicated by means of lines 
 cut through the varnish with a sharp instrument. 
 Moreover, the exposed parts of the female figures 
 faces, hands, arms, and feet were covered with white 
 paint, this being the regular method in the black-figured 
 style of distinguishing the flesh of female from that of 
 male figures. 
 
 The decoration of the Francois vase is arranged in 
 horizontal bands or zones. The subjects are almost 
 
 FIG. 189. DETAIL FROM THE FRANCOIS VASE. 
 (From the Wiener Vorlegeblatter , 1888, PI. II.) 
 
 wholly legendary and the vase is therefore a perfect 
 mine of information for the student of Greek mythology. 
 Our present interest, however, is rather in the character 
 of the drawing. This may be better judged from Fig. 
 189, which is taken from the zone encircling the middle 
 of the vase. The subject is the wedding of the mortal, 
 Peleus, to the sea-goddess, Thetis, the wedding whose
 
 Greek Painting. 271 
 
 issue was Achilles, the great hero of the Iliad. To this 
 ceremony came gods and goddesses and other super- 
 natural beings. Our illustration shows Dionysus (Bac- 
 chus), god of wine, with a wine-jar on his shoulder and 
 what is meant for a vine-branch above him. Behind him 
 walk three female figures, who are the personified 
 Seasons. Last comes a group consisting of two Muses 
 and a four-horse chariot bearing Zeus, the chief of the 
 gods, and Hera, his wife. The principle of isocephaly 
 is observed on the vase as in a frieze of relief-sculpture 
 (page 145). The figures are almost all drawn in profile, 
 though the body is often shown more nearly from the 
 front, e. g. , in the case of the Seasons, and the eyes are 
 always drawn as in front view. Out of the great multi- 
 tude of figures on the vase there are only four in which 
 the artist has shown the full face. Two of these are 
 intentionally ugly Gorgons on the handles ; the two 
 others come within the limits of our specimen illustra- 
 tion. If Dionysus here appears almost like a caricature, 
 that is only because the decorator is so little accustomed 
 to drawing the face in front view. There are other 
 interesting analogies between the designs on the vase 
 and contemporary reliefs. For example, the bodies, 
 when not disguised by garments, show an unnatural 
 smallness at the waist, the feet of walking figures are 
 planted flat on the ground, and there are cases in which 
 the body and neck are so twisted that the face is turned 
 in exactly the opposite direction to the feet. On the 
 whole, Clitias shows rather more skill than a contempo- 
 rary sculptor, probably because of the two arts that of 
 the vase-painter had been the longer cultivated. 
 
 The black-figured ware continued to be produced in 
 Attica through the sixth century and on into the fifth. 
 Fig. 190 gives a specimen of the work of an interesting
 
 272 
 
 A History of Greek Art. 
 
 vase-painter in this style, Execias by name, who prob- 
 ably belongs about the middle of the sixth century. 
 The subject is Achilles slaying in battle the Amazon 
 queen, Penthesilea. - The drawing of Execias is distin- 
 guished by an altogether unusual care and minuteness of 
 detail, and if the whole body of his work, as known to 
 
 FIG. 190. DESIGN FROM AN AMPHORA OF EXECIAS. London, British 
 Museum. (From the Wiener Vorlegebldtter, 1888, PI. VI.) 
 
 us from several signed vases, could be here presented, 
 it would be easily seen that his proficiency was well in 
 advance of that of Clitias. Obvious archaisms, how- 
 ever, remain. Especially noticeable is the unnatural 
 twisting of the bodies. A minor point of interest is 
 afforded by the Amazon's shield, which the artist has 
 not succeeded in rendering truthfully in side view.
 
 Greek Painting. 273 
 
 That is a rather difficult problem in perspective, which 
 was not solved until after many experiments. 
 
 Some time before the end of the sixth century, per- 
 haps as early as 540, a new method of decorating pottery 
 was invented in Attica. The principal coloring matter 
 used continued to be the lustrous black varnish ; but 
 instead of filling in the outlines of the figures with 
 black, the decorator, after outlining the figures by 
 means of a broad stroke of the brush, covered with 
 black the spaces between the figures, leaving the figures 
 themselves in the color of the clay. Vases thus deco- 
 rated are called "red-figured." In this style incised 
 lines ceased to be used, and details were rendered 
 chiefly by mpans of the black varnish or, for certain 
 purposes, of the same material diluted till it became of a 
 reddish hue. The red-figured and black-figured styles 
 coexisted for perhaps half a century, but the new style 
 ultimately drove the old one out of the market. 
 
 The development of the new style was achieved by 
 men of talent, several of whom fairly deserve to be called 
 artists. Such an one was Euphronius, whose long 
 career as a potter covered some fifty years, beginning at 
 the beginning of the fifth century or a little earlier. 
 Fig. 191 gives the design upon the outside of a cylix 
 (a broad, shallow cup, shaped like a large saucer, with 
 two handles and a foot), which bears his signature. Its 
 date is about 480, and it is thus approximately contem- 
 porary with the latest of the archaic statues of the 
 Athenian Acropolis (pages igiyi ). On one side we have 
 one of the old stock subjects of the vase-painters, treated 
 with unapproached vivacity and humor. Among the 
 labors of Heracles, imposed upon him by his task- 
 master, Eurystheus, was the capturing of a certain 
 destructive wild boar of Arcadia and the bringing of the
 
 274 
 
 A History of Greek Art. 
 
 creature alive to Mycenae. In the picture, Heracles is 
 returning with the squealing boar on his shoulder. The 
 cowardly Eurystheus has taken refuge in a huge earthen- 
 ware jar sunk in the ground, but Heracles, pretending 
 to be unaware of this fact, makes as though he would 
 deposit his burden in the jar. The agitated man and 
 
 FIG. 191. DESIGN FROM A CYLIX OF EUPHRONIUS. London, British 
 Museum. (From the Wiener Vorlegeblatter, Series V., PI. VII.) 
 
 woman to the right are probably the father and mother 
 of Eurystheus. The scene on the other side of the 
 cylix is supposed to illustrate an incident of the Trojan 
 War : two warriors, starting out on an expedition, are 
 met and stopped by the god Hermes. In each design
 
 Greek Painting. 275 
 
 the workmanship, which was necessarily rapid, is mar- 
 velously precise and firm, and the attitudes are varied 
 and telling. Euphronius belonged to a generation 
 which was making great progress in the knowledge of 
 anatomy and in the ability to pose figures naturally and 
 
 FIG. 192. CYLIX. London, British Museum. 
 
 expressively. It is interesting to note how close is the 
 similarity in the method of treating drapery between the 
 vases of this period and contemporary sculpture. 
 
 The cylix shown in Fig. 192 is somewhat later, dating 
 from about 460. The technique is here different from 
 that just described, inasmuch as the design is painted in 
 reddish brown upon a white ground. The subject is 
 the goddess Aphrodite, riding upon a goose. The 
 painter, some unnamed younger contemporary of
 
 276 A History of Greek Art. 
 
 Euphronius, has learned a freer manner of drawing. 
 He gives to the eye in profile its proper form, and to 
 the drapery a simple and natural fall. The subject does 
 not call, like the last, for dramatic vigor, and the pre- 
 eminent quality of the work is an exquisite purity and 
 refinement of spirit. 
 
 If we turn now from the humble art of vase-decora- 
 tion to painting in the higher sense of the term, the 
 first eminent name to meet us is that of Polygnotus, 
 who was born on the island of Thasos near the Thracian 
 coast. His artistic career, or at least the later part of 
 it, fell in the "Transitional period" (480-450 B. C. ), 
 so that he was a contemporary of the great sculptor 
 Myron. He came to Athens at some unknown date 
 after the Persian invasion of Greece (480 B. C. ) and 
 there executed a number of important paintings. In 
 fact, he is said to have received Athenian citizenship. 
 He worked also at Delphi and at other places, after the 
 ordinary manner of artists. 
 
 Painting in this period, as practiced by Polygnotus 
 and other great artists, was chiefly mural ; the painting 
 of easel pictures seems to have been of quite secondary 
 consequence. Thus the most famous works of Poly- 
 gnotus adorned the inner faces of the walls of temples 
 and stoas. The subjects of these great mural paintings 
 were chiefly mythological. For example, the two com- 
 positions of Polygnotus at Delphi, of which we possess 
 an extremely detailed account in the pages of Pausanias, 
 depicted the sack of Troy and the descent of Odysseus 
 into Hades. But it is worth remarking, in view of the 
 extreme rarity of historical subjects in Greek relief- 
 sculpture, that in the Stoa Poicile (Painted Portico) of 
 Athens, alongside of a Sack of Troy by Polygnotus and 
 a Battle of Greeks and Amazons by his contemporary,
 
 Greek Painting. 277 
 
 Micon, there were two historical scenes, a Battle of 
 Marathon and a Battle of CEnoe. In fact, historical 
 battle-pieces were not rare among the Greeks at any 
 period. 
 
 As regards the style of Polygnotus we can glean a 
 few interesting facts from our ancient authorities. His 
 figures were not ranged on a single line, as in contem- 
 porary bas-reliefs, but were placed at varying heights, 
 se as to produce a somewhat complex composition. 
 His palette contained only four colors, black, white, 
 yellow, and red, but by mixing these he was enabled to 
 secure a somewhat greater variety. He laid his colors 
 on in "flat" tints, just as the Egyptian decorators did, 
 making no attempt to render the gradations of color due 
 to varying light and shade. His pictures were therefore 
 rather colored drawings than genuine paintings, in our 
 sense of the term. He often inscribed beside his figures 
 their names, according to a common practice of the 
 time. Yet this must not be taken as implying that he 
 was unable to characterize his figures by purely artistic 
 means. On the contrary, Polygnotus was preeminently 
 skilled in expressing character, and it is recorded that 
 he drew the face with a freedom which archaic art had 
 not attained. In all probability his pictures are not to 
 be thought of as having any depth of perspective ; that 
 is to say, although he did not fail to suggest the nature 
 of the ground on which his figures stood and the objects 
 adjacent to them, it is not likely that he represented his 
 figures at varying distances from the spectator or gave 
 them a regular background. 
 
 It is clear that Polygnotus was gifted with artistic 
 genius of the first rank and that he exercised a powerful 
 influence upon contemporaries and successors. Yet, 
 alas ! in spite of all research and speculation, our
 
 278 A History of Greek Art. 
 
 knowledge of his work remains very shadowy. A single 
 drawing from his hand would be worth more than all 
 that has ever been written about him. But if one would 
 like to dream what his art was like, cne may imagine it 
 as combining with the dramatic power of Euphronius 
 and the exquisite loveliness of the Aphrodite cup, 
 Giotto's elevation of feeling and Michael Angelo's pro- 
 fundity of thought. 
 
 Another branch of painting which began to attain 
 importance in the time of Polygnotus was scene-painting 
 for theatrical performances. It may be, as has been 
 conjectured, that the impulse toward a style of work in 
 which a greater degree of illusion was aimed at and 
 secured came from this branch of the art. We read, at 
 any rate, that one Agatharchus, a scene-painter who 
 flourished about the middle of the fifth century, wrote a 
 treatise which stimulated two philosophers to an in- 
 vestigation of the laws of perspective. 
 
 The most important technical advance, however, is 
 attributed to Apollodorus of Athens, a painter of easel 
 pictures. He departed from the old method of color- 
 ing in flat tints and introduced the practice of grading 
 colors according to the play of light and shade. How 
 successfully he managed this innovation we have no 
 means of knowing ; probably very imperfectly. But 
 the step was of the utmost significance. It meant the 
 abandonment of mere colored drawing and the creation 
 of the genuine art of painting. 
 
 Two artists of the highest distinction now appear 
 upon the scene. They are Zeuxis and Parrhasius. The 
 rather vague remark of a Roman writer, that they both 
 lived ' ' about the time of the Peloponnesian War ' ' 
 (431-404 B. C. ) is as definite a statement as can safely 
 be made about their date. Parrhasius was born at
 
 Greek Painting. 279 
 
 Ephesus, Zeuxis at some one or other of the numerous 
 cities named Heraclea. Both traveled freely from place 
 to place, after the usual fashion of Greek artists, and 
 both naturally made their home for a time in Athens. 
 Zeuxis availed himself of the innovation of Apollodorus 
 and probably carried it farther. Indeed, he is credited 
 by one Roman writer with being the founder of the 
 new method. The strength of Parrhasius is said to 
 have lain in subtlety of line, which would suggest that 
 with him, as with Polygnotus, painting was essentially 
 outline drawing. Yet he too can hardly have remained 
 unaffected by the new chiaroscuro. 
 
 Easel pictures now assumed a relative importance 
 which they had not had a generation earlier. SonYe of 
 these were placed in temples and such conformed in 
 their subjects to the requirements of religious art, as 
 understood in Greece. But many of the easel pictures 
 by Zeuxis and his contemporaries can hardly have had 
 any other destination than the private houses of wealthy 
 connoisseurs. Moreover, we hear first in this period of 
 mural painting as applied to domestic interiors. Alci- 
 biades is said to have imprisoned a reluctant painter, 
 Agatharchus (cf. page 278), in his house and to have 
 forced him to decorate the walls. The result of this sort 
 of private demand was what we have seen taking place 
 a hundred years later in the case of sculpture, viz. : 
 that artists became free to employ their talents on any 
 subjects which would gratify the taste of patrons. For 
 example, a painting by Zeuxis of which Lucian has left 
 us a description illustrates what may be called mytho- 
 logical genre. It represented a female Centaur giving 
 suck to two offspring, with the father of the family in 
 the background, amusing himself by swinging a lion's 
 whelp above his head to scare his young. This was, no
 
 280 A History of Greek Art. 
 
 doubt, admirable in its way, and it would be narrow- 
 minded to disparage it because it did not stand on the 
 ethical level of Polygnotus's work. But painters did not 
 always keep within the limits of what is innocent. No 
 longer restrained by the conditions of monumental and 
 religious art, they began to pander not merely to what 
 is frivolous, but to what is vile in human nature. The 
 great Parrhasius is reported by Pliny to have painted 
 licentious little pictures, "refreshing himself" (says the 
 writer) by this means after more serious labors. Thus 
 at the same time that painting was making great tech- 
 nical advances, its nobility of purpose was on the 
 average declining. 
 
 Timanthes seems to have been a younger contempo- 
 rary of Zeuxis and Parrhasius. Perhaps his career fell 
 chiefly after 400 B. C. The painting of his of which 
 we hear the most represented the sacrifice of Iphigenia 
 at Aulis. The one point about the picture to which 
 all our accounts refer is the grief exhibited in varying 
 degrees by the bystanders. The countenance of Calchas 
 was sorrowful ; that of Ulysses still more so ; that of 
 Menelaus displayed an intensity of distress which the 
 painter could not outdo ; Agamemnon, therefore, was 
 represented with his face covered by his mantle, his 
 attitude alone suggesting the father's poignant anguish. 
 The description is interesting as illustrating the atten- 
 tion paid in this period to the expression of emotion. 
 Timanthes was in spirit akin to Scopas. There is a 
 Pompeian wall-painting of the sacrifice of Iphigenia, 
 which represents Agamemnon with veiled head and 
 which may be regarded, in that particular at least, as a 
 remote echo of Timanthes' s famous picture. 
 
 Sicyon, in the northeastern part of Peloponnesus a 
 city already referred to as the home of the sculptor
 
 Greek Painting. 281 
 
 Lysippus was the seat of an important school of paint- 
 ing in the fourth century. Toward the middle of the 
 century the leading teacher of the art in that place was 
 one Pamphilus. He secured the introduction of draw- 
 ing into the elementary schools of Sicyon, and this new 
 branch of education was gradually adopted in other 
 Greek communities. A pupil of his, Pausias by name, 
 is credited with raising the process of encaustic painting 
 to a prominence which it had not enjoyed before. In 
 this process the colors, mixed with wax, were applied to 
 a wooden panel and then burned in by means of a hot 
 iron held near. 
 
 Thebes also, which attained to a short-lived impor- 
 tance in the political world after the battle of Leuctra 
 (371 B. C. ), developed a school of painting, which 
 seems to have been in close touch with that of Athens. 
 There were painters besides, who seem to have had no 
 connection with any one of these centers of activity. 
 The fourth century was the Golden Age of Greek 
 painting, and the list of eminent names is as long and 
 as distinguished for painting as for sculpture. 
 
 The most famous of all was Apelles. He was a Greek 
 of Asia Minor and received his early training at Ephe- 
 sus. He then betook himself to Sicyon, in order to 
 profit by the instruction of Pamphilus and by associa- 
 tion with the other painters gathered there. It seems 
 likely that his next move was to Pella, the capital of 
 Macedon, then ruled over by Philip, the father of Alex- 
 ander. At any rate, he entered into intimate relations 
 with the young prince and painted numerous portraits 
 of both father and son. Indeed, according to an often 
 repeated story, Alexander, probably after his accession 
 to the throne, conferred upon Apelles the exclusive 
 privilege of painting his portrait, as upon Lysippus the
 
 282 A History of Greek Art. 
 
 exclusive privilege of representing him in bronze. 
 Later, presumably when Alexander started on his 
 eastern campaigns (334 B. C. ), Apelles returned to 
 Asia Minor, but of course not even then to lead a settled 
 life. He outlived Alexander, but we do not know by 
 how much. 
 
 Of his many portraits of the great conqueror four are 
 specifically mentioned by our authorities. One of these 
 represented the king as holding a thunderbolt, i. e. , in 
 the guise of Zeus a fine piece of flattery. For this 
 picture, which was placed in the Temple of Artemis at 
 Ephesus, he is reported, though not on very good 
 authority, to have received twenty talents in gold coin. 
 It is impossible to make exact comparisons between 
 ancient and modern prices, but the sum named would 
 perhaps be in purchasing power as large as any modern 
 painter ever received for a work of similar size.* It has 
 been mentioned above that Apelles made a number of 
 portraits of King Philip. He had also many sitters 
 among the generals and associates of Alexander ; and he 
 left at least one picture of himself. His portraits were 
 famous for their truth of likeness, as we should expect 
 of a great painter in this age. 
 
 An allegorical painting by Apelles of Slander and Her 
 Crew is interesting as an example of a class of works to 
 which Lysippus's statue of Opportunity belonged (page 
 239). This picture contained ten figures, whereas most 
 of his others of which we have any description con- 
 tained only one figure each. 
 
 His most famous work was an Aphrodite, originally 
 placed in the Temple of Asclepius on the island of Cos. 
 The goddess was represented, according to the Greek 
 
 * Nicias, an Athenian painter and a contemporary of Apelles, is reported to 
 have been offered by Ptolemy, the ruler of Egypt, sixty talents for a picture 
 and to have refused the offer.
 
 Greek Painting. 283 
 
 myth of her birth, as rising from the sea, the upper 
 part of her person being alone distinctly visible. The 
 picture, from all that we can learn of it, seems to have 
 been imbued with the same spirit of refinement and grace 
 as Praxiteles' s statue of Aphrodite in the neighboring 
 city of Cnidus. The Coans, after cherishing it for 
 three hundred years, were forced to surrender it to the 
 emperor Augustus for a price of a hundred talents, and 
 it was removed to the Temple of Julius Caesar in Rome. 
 By the time of Nero it had become so much injured 
 that it had to be replaced by a copy. 
 
 Protogenes was another painter whom even the slight- 
 est sketch cannot afford to pass over in silence. He 
 was born at Caunus in southwestern Asia Minor and 
 flourished about the same time as Apelles. We read of 
 his conversing with the philosopher Aristotle (died 322 
 B. C. ), of whose mother he painted a portrait, and of 
 his being engaged on his most famous work, a picture 
 of a Rhodian hero, at the time of the siege of Rhodes 
 by Demetrius (304 B. C. ). He was an extremely 
 painstaking artist, inclined to excessive elaboration in 
 his work. Apelles, who is always represented as of 
 amiable and generous character, is reported as saying 
 that Protogenes was his equal or superior in every point 
 but one, the one inferiority of Protogenes being that he 
 did not know when to stop. According to another 
 anecdote Apelles, while profoundly impressed by Proto- 
 genes' s masterpiece, the Rhodian hero above referred 
 to, pronounced it lacking in that quality of grace which 
 was his own most eminent merit.* There are still other 
 anecdotes, which give an entertaining idea of the 
 friendly rivalry between these two masters, but which do 
 not help us much in imagining their artistic qualities. 
 
 * Plutarch, " Life of Demetrius," \ 22.
 
 284 A History of Greek Art. 
 
 As regards technique, it seems likely that both of them 
 practiced principally ' ' tempera ' ' painting, in which the 
 colors are mixed with yolk of eggs or some other sticky 
 non-unctuous medium.* Both Apelles and Protogenes 
 are said to have written technical treatises on the 
 painter's art. 
 
 There being nothing extant which would properly 
 illustrate the methods and the styles of the great artists 
 in color, the best substitute that we have from about 
 their period is an Etruscan sarcophagus, found near 
 Corneto in 1869. The material is "alabaster or a 
 marble closely resembling alabaster. " It is ornamented 
 on all four sides by paintings executed in tempera 
 representing a battle of Greeks and Amazons. " In the 
 flesh tints the difference of the sexes is strongly marked, 
 the flesh of the fighting Greeks being a tawny 
 red, while that of the Amazons is very fair. For each 
 sex two tints only are used in the shading and modeling 
 of the flesh. . . . Hair and eyes are for the most 
 part a purplish brown ; garments mainly reddish brown, 
 whitish grey, or pale lilac and light blue. Horses 
 are uniformly a greyish white, shaded with a fuller tint 
 of grey ; their eyes always blue. There are two colors 
 of metal, light blue for swords, spear-heads, and the 
 inner faces of shields, golden yellow for helmets, 
 greaves, reins, and handles of shields, girdles, and chain 
 ornaments. ' ' 
 
 Our illustration (Fig. 193) is taken from the middle 
 of one of the long sides of the sarcophagus. It repre- 
 sents a mounted Amazon in front of a fully armed foot- 
 soldier, upon whom she turns to deliver a blow with 
 her sword. ' ' Every reader will be struck by the beauty 
 and spirit of the Amazon, alike in her action and her 
 
 * Oil painting was unknown in ancient times.
 
 Greek Painting. 
 
 285 
 
 facial expression. The type of head, broad, bold, and 
 powerful, and at the same time young and blooming, 
 with the pathetic-indignant expression, is preserved 
 with little falling off from the best age of Greek art. 
 In spirit and expression almost equal to the 
 Amazon is the horse she bestrides."* The Greek 
 warrior is also admirable in attitude and expression, full 
 of energy and determination. 
 
 Although the paintings of this sarcophagus were 
 
 FIG. 193. DETAIL FROM A PAINTED SARCOPHAGUS. Florence, Archaeological 
 Museum. (From The Journal of Hellenic Studies, Vol. IV., PI. XXXVI.) 
 
 doubtless executed in Etruria, and probably by an 
 Etruscan hand, they are in their style almost purely 
 Greek. The work is assigned to the earlier half of the 
 third century B. C. If an unknown craftsman was stim- 
 ulated by Greek models to the production of paintings 
 of such beauty and power, how magnificent must have 
 been the achievements of the great masters of the brush ! 
 
 *The quotations are from an article by Mr. Sidney Colvin in The Journal of 
 Hellenic Studies, Vol. IV., pages 354^".
 
 286 
 
 A History of Greek Art. 
 
 For examples of Greek portrait painting we are in- 
 debted to Egypt, that country whose climate has pre- 
 served so much that elsewhere would have perished. 
 It will be remembered that Egypt, having been con- 
 quered by Alexander, fell after his death to the lot of 
 his general, Ptolemy, and continued to be ruled by 
 
 Ptolemy's descend- 
 ants until, in 30 B.C., 
 it became a Roman 
 province. During 
 the period of Mace- 
 donian rule Alexan- 
 dria was the chief 
 center of Greek cul- 
 ture in the world, and 
 Greeks and Greek 
 civilization became 
 established also in the 
 interior of the coun- 
 try ; nor did these 
 Hellenizing influ- 
 ences abate under 
 Roman domination. 
 To this late period, 
 when Greek and 
 Egyptian customs 
 were largely amalga- 
 mated, belongs a class 
 of portrait heads 
 which have been 
 found in the Fayyum, 
 chiefly within the last ten years. They are painted on 
 panels of wood (or rarely on canvas), and were origi- 
 nally attached to mummies. The embalmed body was 
 
 FIG. 194. PORTRAIT OF A MAN, FROM THE 
 FAYYUM.
 
 Greek Painting. 
 
 287 
 
 carefully wrapped in linen bandages and the portrait 
 placed over the face and secured in position. These 
 pictures are executed principally by the encaustic 
 process, though 
 some use was made 
 also of tempera. 
 The persons repre- 
 sented appear to be 
 of various races 
 Greek, Egyptian, 
 Hebrew, negro, and 
 mixed ; perhaps the 
 Greek type predom- 
 inates in the speci- 
 mens now known. 
 At any rate, the 
 artistic methods of 
 the portraits seem 
 to be purely Greek. 
 As for their date, 
 it is the prevailing 
 opinion that they 
 belong to the sec- 
 ond century after 
 Christ and later, 
 though an attempt 
 has been made to 
 carry the best of 
 them back to the 
 second century B. C. 
 
 The finest collection of these portraits is one acquired 
 by a Viennese merchant, Herr Theodor Graf. They 
 differ widely in artistic merit ; our illustrations show 
 three of the best. Fig. 194 is a man in middle life, 
 
 FIG. 195. PORTRAIT OF A GIRL, FROM THE 
 
 FAYYUM.
 
 288 
 
 A History of Greek Art. 
 
 with irregular features, abundant, waving hair, and thin, 
 straggling beard. One who has seen Watts' s picture of 
 "The Prodigal Son" may remark in the lower part of 
 
 this face a likeness to 
 that. Fig. 195 is a 
 charming girl, wear- 
 ing a golden wreath 
 of ivy-leaves about 
 her hair and a string 
 of great pearls about 
 her neck. Her dark 
 eyes look strangely 
 large, as do those of 
 all the women of the 
 series ; probably the 
 effect of eyes natur- 
 ally large was height- 
 ened, as nowadays in 
 Egypt, by the prac- 
 tice of blackening the 
 edges of the eyelids. 
 Fig. 196 is the most 
 fascinating face of all, 
 and it is artistically 
 unsurpassed in the 
 whole series. This 
 and a portrait of an 
 elderly man, not 
 given here, are the 
 masterpieces of the 
 Graf collection. It 
 is much too little to say of these two heads that they 
 are the best examples of Greek painting that have come 
 down to us. In spite of the great inferiority of the 
 
 FIG. 196. PORTRAIT OF A YOUNG WOMAN, 
 FROM THE FAYYUM.
 
 Greek Painting. 289 
 
 encaustic technique to that of oil painting, these pictures 
 are not unworthy of comparison with the great portraits 
 of modern times. 
 
 The ancient wall-paintings found in and near Rome, 
 but more especially in Pompeii, are also mostly Greek 
 in character, so far as their best qualities are concerned. 
 The best of them, while betraying deficient skill in per- 
 spective, show such merits in coloring, such power of 
 expression and such talent for composition, as to afford 
 to the student a lively enjoyment and to intensify ten- 
 fold his regret that Zeuxis and Parrhasius, Apelles and 
 Protogenes, are and will remain to us nothing but 
 names.
 
 SHORT LIST OF BOOKS RECOMMENDED 
 FOR THE STUDY OF GREEK ART. 
 
 I. 
 
 GREEK ARCHITECTURE. 
 F. von Reber : History of Ancient Art, translated by 
 
 J. T. Clarke. New York, 1882. 
 J. Durm : Die Baukunst der Griechen. 26. edition. 
 
 Darmstadt, 1892. 
 
 II. 
 
 GREEK SCULPTURE. 
 L. M. Mitchell : History of Ancient Sculpture. New 
 
 York, 1883. Student's edition. 
 J. Overbeck : Geschichte der griechischen Plastik. 4th 
 
 edition. Leipzig, 1893-95. 
 M. Collignon : Histoire de la Sculpture Grecque. 
 
 Paris. Vol. I., 1892. Vol. II. announced for 
 
 1896. 
 E. A. Gardner : A Handbook of Greek Sculpture. 
 
 London and New York, 1896. 
 W. Helbig : Guide to the Public Collections of Classical 
 
 Antiquities in Rome, translated by J. F. and 
 
 Findlay Muirhead. Leipzig, 1896. 
 C. Friederichs and P. Wolters : Die Gipsabgiisse 
 
 antiker Bildwerke (a catalogue of casts of Greek 
 
 and Roman sculpture in the Berlin Museum). 
 
 Berlin, 1885. 
 E. Robinson : Catalogue of Casts of Greek and Roman 
 
 Sculpture in the Museum of Fine Arts, Boston. 
 
 Revised edition, 1896.
 
 292 Books for the Study of Greek Art. 
 
 L. E. Upcott : Introduction to Greek Sculpture. Ox- 
 ford, 1887. 
 
 III. 
 
 GREEK PAINTING. 
 
 A. Woltmann and K. Woermann : History of Ancient, 
 Early Christian and Medieval Painting, Eng- 
 lish translation edited by Sidney Colvin. New 
 York, 1880. Student's edition. 
 P. Girard : La Peinture Antique. Paris, 1892.
 
 INDEX. 
 
 Abacus, 85. 
 
 Abydos, temple at, 30, 31. 
 
 Acroteria, 88, 123, 214. 
 
 jEgina, sculptures from, 153 ff,; tem- 
 ple at, 84. 
 
 Agatharchus, 278, 279. 
 
 Ageladas, 166. 
 
 Agoracritus, 202. 
 
 Alcamenes, 182. 
 
 Alexander the Great, 235, 238, 239, 
 243, 281 ; portraits of, 24i/., 247. 
 
 "Alexander" sarcophagus, 119, 120, 
 247. 
 
 Amazons, 171, 208/1, 231 f., 272, 284/1 
 
 Amphiprostyle, 81. 
 
 Anathemata, 123. 
 
 Anta, 81,88, 98. 
 
 Antenor, 149, 161. 
 
 Apelles, 281 ff. 
 
 Aphrodite, Anadyomene, by Apelles, 
 282/./ of Cnidus, by Praxiteles, 
 223; of Melos, 118, 249 ff. ; on a 
 cylix, 275. 
 
 Apollo, 125, I3i/., 135, i57/-> 165, 174/., 
 192, 225 ; of the Belvedere, 251 /./ 
 Sauroctonos, 224. 
 
 Apollodorus, 278. 
 
 Apoxyomenos, 240. 
 
 Arch, the, in architecture, 19, 30, 36, 
 
 49, 79- 
 
 Archermus, 140, 
 Architrave, 85, 96. 
 Aristion, monument of, 146. 
 Aristogiton, 124, 149, 160 ff. 
 Artemis, 171, 192, 227. 
 Athena, 150, 155, 171, 188 ff., 263 ; of 
 
 the Parthenon, i86/. 
 Athlete statues, 124, 126, 167, 206 ff.. 
 
 239 ff; 255- 
 
 Bacchus, 271. 
 Base, Ionic, 93, 96. 
 Bassae, temple at, 101. 
 Bee-hive tombs, 52 ff. 
 Black-figured vases, 270. 
 Boxer, seated statue of a, 255. 
 
 Brick, baked, 35, 38, 78 ; sun-dried, 19, 
 
 24, 35, 38, 56, 78, i7- 
 Bronze sculpture, 30, 44, 46, 120. 
 Bryaxis, 230, 232. 
 
 Bulls, Assyrian winged, 4i/./ in My- 
 cenaean art, 57/., 67 ff. 
 Calamis, 166. 
 Calf-bearer, statue of, 135. 
 Capital, 84 ; Corinthian, 103 ff.; Doric, 
 
 85, 92 /./ Egyptian forms of, 27 ff. ; 
 
 Ionic, 94/., 97/., 102. 
 Caryatides, 115, 200. 
 Cella, 80. 
 
 Centaurs, 174 ff., 190 ff., 279. 
 Cephisodotus, 218. 
 Channeling of columns, 25, 84,85, 93. 
 Cheops, pyramid of, 19. 
 Chiton, 139, 227 ; Doric, 177, 180, 186, 
 
 200 ; Ionic, 150. 
 Chryselephantine statues, 122, 167, 185 
 
 206. 
 
 Clamps, 79. 
 
 Clay models, 118, 121, 231. 
 Clitias, 269. 
 Coffers, 89, 101. 
 Color, applied to architecture, 105 ff.; 
 
 applied to sculpture, 22, 23, 33, 44, 
 
 134, 139. M7, 148, 153, 220, 247. 
 Column, Doric, 25, 84 /., 90 ff.; 
 
 Egyptian forms of, 25, 27 ff.; Ionic, 
 
 93ff;' Mycenaean, 53. 
 Colvin, quoted, 284/. 
 Corinthian capital, lo^ff. 
 Cornice, 87, 96. 
 Corona, 87, 96. 
 
 Cow, silver, from Mycenae, 64. 
 Crepidoma, 84. 
 Cresilas, 199. 
 
 Critius, 162. 
 
 Cyclopean masonry, so/. 
 
 Cyma, 88, 95/. 
 
 Dagger-blades, from Mycenae, 65, 
 
 Demons, Assyrian, 42. 
 
 Dentels, 96, 104. 
 
 Diadumenos, 208. 
 
 293
 
 294 
 
 Index. 
 
 Diana of Gabii, 227. 
 
 Dionysus, 22i/., 271. 
 
 Dipylon vases, 73/X". 
 
 Discobolus, by Myron, \ff]ff. 
 
 Doric order, 84^". 
 
 Doryphorus, by Polyclitus, 206 #., 222. 
 
 Dowels, 79. 
 
 Echinus, 85, 92. 
 
 Eirene, by Cephisodotus, 2I7/. 
 
 Elgin, Lord, 190. 
 
 Entablature, 61, 84. 
 
 Entasis, 85, 93. 
 
 Erechtheum, 98/., v*)f. 
 
 Eros, 245. 
 
 Euphronius, 273. 
 
 Execias, 272. 
 
 Eye, in reliefs and paintings, 33, 40, 
 
 41, 143, 271, 276; in statues, 21, 23, 
 
 121, 131, 140, 143, 151, 181. 
 Fluting of columns, 25, 84, 85, 93. 
 Folds of drapery, in sculpture, 23, 33, 
 
 37, 40, 136, 138, I43/-, 177- 
 Francois vase, 269 ff. 
 Frieze, 84 ; Doric, 8s/.; Ionic, 96. 
 Furtwangler, quoted, 169, 189, 251. 
 Gaul, Dying, 259^. 
 Gems, Mycenaean, 69. 
 Genre painting, 279 ; sculpture, 256 f. 
 Geometric vases, 73. 
 Gigantomachy, 134, 262. 
 Gladiator, Dying, so-called, 259^. 
 Gold and ivory statues, 122, 167, 185, 
 
 206. 
 Goose, Aphrodite on a, 275 ; group of 
 
 boy and, 256. 
 
 Grave-reliefs, 61, 124, 146, 202 ff. 
 Group, the, in sculpture, 22, 164. 
 Gudea, 36. 
 Hair, in sculpture, 121, 129, 131, 140, 
 
 143, 147, W 151, 152, 158, 165, 175, 
 
 l8l, 222/. 
 
 Harmodius, 124, 149, 160 ff. 
 
 " Harpy" tomb, 144. 
 
 Hawk's-beak molding, 88/. 
 
 Hawthorne, quoted, 225, 266. 
 
 Hegeso, monument of, 202. 
 
 Hera, 171, 206, 271. 
 
 Heracles, 133, 171, \-ftff., 247, 274. 
 
 Hermes, 235, 274; by Praxiteles, 221 
 
 ff.; Moschophorus, so-called, 135. 
 Homer, head of, 254. 
 
 Horus, 31. 
 
 Hypaethral question, 89. 
 
 Hypostyle hall, 26/. 
 
 " Idolino," the, 210/1 
 
 Inscriptions upon statues or their ped- 
 
 estals, 113.^, 128, 135, 140, 147, 149. 
 
 2I3/-, 241,252. 
 Ionic order, 93 ff. 
 Isocephaly, 145, 193, 271. 
 Karnak, temple at, 27. 
 Lapiths, 174, 190 ff. 
 Leochares, 230, 232. 
 Lime-mortar, 78. 
 
 Lion, the, in Mycenaean art, 61, 66, 70. 
 Lion Gate, the, 51, 61. 
 Lions' heads, as water-spouts, 87. 
 Lucian, quoted, 168. 
 Luxor, temple at, 26. 
 Lysippus, 238 ff. 
 Marble sculpture, 118. 
 Marsyas, 170, 226. 
 Mastaba, the, 19. 
 Mausoleum, 97, 215, 232/1 
 Meleager, 217. 
 Menander, 254. 
 Metope, 87. 
 Muses, 226, 271. 
 Mutule, 87. 
 Mycenae, 47, 58, 72. 
 Mycenaean vases, 70. 
 Myron, i(6ff. 
 Nesiotes, 162. 
 
 Newton, Sir C. T., quoted, 158. 
 Nicandra, statue dedicated by, 128. 
 Nicias, 220, 282. 
 
 Nudity in Greek art, 60, 125, 155, 223. 
 
 Obelisks, 26. 
 
 Opisthodomos, 81. 
 
 Orchomenus, 54. 
 
 Order, meaning of, in architecture, 83. 
 
 " Orientalizing" pottery, 76. 
 
 Orpheus relief, 204 ./f. 
 
 Paeonius, 182, 212. 
 
 Painting, Assyrian, 45 ; Egyptian, 33/.; 
 
 Greek, if&ff.; Mycenaean, 57 ff. 
 Palmette, 94. 
 Pamphilus, 281. 
 Parian marble, 77, 118. 
 Parrhasius, 278^. 
 Parthenon, 65, 90, 108, no,
 
 Index. 
 
 295 
 
 Pater, quoted, 158 /. 
 
 Pausanias, quoted, 120, iSi/., 194, 212, 
 
 213, 239. 
 Pausias, 281. 
 Pediment, 87. 
 Pentathlon, 168, 206. 
 Pentelic marble, 77, 118. 
 Pergamum, sculptures from, 259 ff. 
 Pericles, 184, 199. 
 Peripteral, 81. 
 Peristyle, 81. 
 Phidias, 184^., 238. 
 Pictorial reliefs, 258. 
 Pliny, quoted, 166, 220, 223, 232, 239, 
 
 266. 
 
 Plutarch, quoted, 184. 
 Plutus, 21 if. 
 Polychromy, of architecture, 105 ff.; 
 
 of sculpture, 22, 23, 33, 44, 134, 139, 
 
 147, 148, 153, 220, 247. 
 Polyclitus, 206 ff., 222, 240. 
 Polygnotus, 276 ff. 
 Polygonal masonry, 51. 
 Poros, 78, 133, 138. 
 Portraiture, 23, 34/., 126, 169 /., 199, 
 
 204, 235^"., 239, 242, 28i/., 286^". 
 Posidippus, 252. 
 Posidon, 192. 
 Praying boy, 257. 
 Praxiteles, 115, 183, 21% ff. 
 Priene, temple at, 80, 82, 93, 101. 
 Pronaos, 81. 
 Propylaea, 102, 105, 109. 
 Prostyle, 81. 
 
 Proto-Doric columns, 25. 
 Protogenes, 283. 
 Pylon, 26. 
 Pyramids, iSf. 
 Quintilian, quoted, 206. 
 Ra-em-ka, 21. 
 Ra-nofer, 21. 
 Red-figured vases, 273. 
 Repoussi work, 63, 65, 67, 122. 
 Rhoecus, 121. 
 Ruskin, quoted, 126, 266. 
 Sarcophagus, "Alexander," 120, 247 ; 
 
 Amazon, 284; of the "Mourning 
 
 Women," 234. 
 Satyrs, 170, 224/. 
 
 Schliemann, 47. 
 
 Scopas, 101, 215 ff., 22% ff. 
 
 Scribe, cross-legged, 22. 
 
 Selinus, metopes from, lyjff., I7I/". 
 
 Serdab, 20, 21. 
 
 Seti I., bas-relief of, 32. 
 
 Sheikh-el-Beled, 20. 
 
 Silanion, 230 
 
 Sima, 87, 96. 
 
 Sophocles, v&ff. 
 
 Sphinx, i6/., 26. 
 
 "Spinario," the, 182. 
 
 Stoa, 105. 
 
 Stylobate, 84. 
 
 Tanagra figurines, 2447". 
 Tegea, sculptures from, 2i6_f. 
 Tello, sculptures from, 36 ff. 
 Temples, Egyptian, 25 ff.; Greek, 
 
 nff. 
 
 Templum in antis, 81. 
 
 Tenea, " Apollo" of, 132. 
 
 Terra-cotta figurines, 123. 
 
 Theaters, Greek, in/. 
 
 Theodoras, 121. 
 
 Thera, "Apollo " of, 129 ff. 
 
 Timanthes, 280. 
 
 Timotheus, 230, 231, 232. 
 
 Tiryns, 47, 48, 56. 
 
 Tombs, Egyptian, 19, 24. 
 
 "Treasuries," 47, 52. 
 
 Triglyph, 86. 
 
 Typhon, 133. 
 
 Vaphio, gold cups from, 67 ff. 
 
 Vault, the, in architecture, 30, 49, 53. 
 
 Venus of Milo, 118, 249^7". 
 
 "Vesta," Giustiniani, 182. 
 
 Victory, 139 /., 187,202, 212 ff., 247 ff., 
 
 263 ; Wingless, Temple of, 101, 201. 
 Vitruvius, quoted, 107, 200, 232. 
 Votive sculptures, 123, 128, 136, iy)f.; 
 
 i&ff., 2i2ff., 247./X: 
 Winckelmann, quoted, 117, 244. 
 Wood, use of, in architecture, 57, 107 ; 
 
 in sculpture, 20, 117. 
 Xoana, 117. 
 Zeus, 237, 239, 262, 271 ; by Phidias, 
 
 i8s/./ Temple of, at Olympia, 
 Zeuxis, 278^.
 
 m /-\ /\ ''' '''' '